<!DOCTYPE PROP><PROP>
<property>
    <name>QAction::accel</name>
    <doc href="qaction.html#accel-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's accelerator key.
&lt;p&gt;The keycodes can be found in &lt;a href="qt.html#Key-enum"&gt;Qt::Key&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qt.html#Modifier-enum"&gt;Qt::Modifier&lt;/a&gt;. There is no default accelerator key.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#setAccel"&gt;setAccel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#accel"&gt;accel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::enabled</name>
    <doc href="qaction.html#enabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the action is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;Disabled actions can't be chosen by the user. They don't
disappear from the menu/tool bar but are displayed in a way which
indicates that they are unavailable, e.g. they might be displayed
greyed out.
&lt;p&gt; What's this? help on disabled actions is still available
provided the &lt;a href="qaction.html#whatsThis-prop"&gt;QAction::whatsThis&lt;/a&gt; property is set.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#setEnabled"&gt;setEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#isEnabled"&gt;isEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::iconSet</name>
    <doc href="qaction.html#iconSet-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's icon.
&lt;p&gt;The icon is used as tool button icon and in the menu to the left of
the menu text. There is no default icon.
&lt;p&gt; (See the action/toggleaction/toggleaction.cpp example.)
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#setIconSet"&gt;setIconSet&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#iconSet"&gt;iconSet&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::menuText</name>
    <doc href="qaction.html#menuText-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's menu text.
&lt;p&gt;If the action is added to a menu the menu option will consist of
the icon (if there is one), the menu text and the accelerator (if
there is one). If the menu text is not explicitly set in the
constructor or using &lt;a href="qaction.html#setMenuText"&gt;setMenuText&lt;/a&gt;() the action's description text
will be used as the menu text. There is no default menu text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qaction.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#setMenuText"&gt;setMenuText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#menuText"&gt;menuText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::on</name>
    <doc href="qaction.html#on-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether a toggle action is on.
&lt;p&gt;This property is always on (TRUE) for command actions and
QActionGroups; &lt;a href="qaction.html#setOn"&gt;setOn&lt;/a&gt;() has no effect on them. For action's where
&lt;a href="qaction.html#isToggleAction"&gt;isToggleAction&lt;/a&gt;() is TRUE, this property's default value is off
(FALSE).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qaction.html#toggleAction-prop"&gt;toggleAction&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#setOn"&gt;setOn&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#isOn"&gt;isOn&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::statusTip</name>
    <doc href="qaction.html#statusTip-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's status tip.
&lt;p&gt;The statusTip is displayed on all status bars that this action's
toplevel parent widget provides.
&lt;p&gt; If no status tip is defined, the action uses the tool tip text.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default tooltip text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qaction.html#statusTip-prop"&gt;statusTip&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qaction.html#toolTip-prop"&gt;toolTip&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#setStatusTip"&gt;setStatusTip&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#statusTip"&gt;statusTip&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::text</name>
    <doc href="qaction.html#text-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's descriptive text.
&lt;p&gt;If &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel-prop"&gt;QMainWindow::usesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt; is TRUE, the text appears as a
label in the relevant toolbutton. It also serves as the default text
in menus and tips if these have not been specifically defined. There
is no default text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qaction.html#menuText-prop"&gt;menuText&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qaction.html#toolTip-prop"&gt;toolTip&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qaction.html#statusTip-prop"&gt;statusTip&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::toggleAction</name>
    <doc href="qaction.html#toggleAction-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the action is a toggle action.
&lt;p&gt;A toggle action is one which has an on/off state. For example a Bold
toolbar button is either on or off. An action which is not a toggle
action is a command action; a command action is simply executed.
This property's default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; In some situations, the state of one toggle action should depend on
the state of others. For example, "Left Align", "Center" and "Right
Align" toggle actions are mutually exclusive. To achieve exclusive
toggling, add the relevant toggle actions to a &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html"&gt;QActionGroup&lt;/a&gt; with the
&lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#exclusive-prop"&gt;QActionGroup::exclusive&lt;/a&gt; property set to TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#setToggleAction"&gt;setToggleAction&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#isToggleAction"&gt;isToggleAction&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::toolTip</name>
    <doc href="qaction.html#toolTip-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's tool tip.
&lt;p&gt;This text is used for the tool tip. If no status tip has been set
the tool tip will be used for the status tip.
&lt;p&gt; If no tool tip is specified the action's text is used, and if that
hasn't been specified the description text is used as the tool tip
text.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default tool tip text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qaction.html#statusTip-prop"&gt;statusTip&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qaction.html#accel-prop"&gt;accel&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#setToolTip"&gt;setToolTip&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#toolTip"&gt;toolTip&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::whatsThis</name>
    <doc href="qaction.html#whatsThis-prop">&lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's "What's This?" help text.
&lt;p&gt;The whats this text is used to provide a brief description of the
action. The text may contain rich text (i.e. HTML tags -- see
&lt;a href="qstylesheet.html"&gt;QStyleSheet&lt;/a&gt; for the list of supported tags). There is no default
"What's This" text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwhatsthis.html"&gt;QWhatsThis&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#setWhatsThis"&gt;setWhatsThis&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qaction.html#whatsThis"&gt;whatsThis&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QActionGroup::exclusive</name>
    <doc href="qactiongroup.html#exclusive-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the action group does exclusive toggling.
&lt;p&gt;If exclusive is TRUE only one toggle action in the action group can
ever be active at any one time. If the user chooses another toggle
action in the group the one they chose becomes active and the one
that was active becomes inactive. By default this property is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qaction.html#toggleAction-prop"&gt;QAction::toggleAction&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#setExclusive"&gt;setExclusive&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#isExclusive"&gt;isExclusive&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QActionGroup::usesDropDown</name>
    <doc href="qactiongroup.html#usesDropDown-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the group's actions are displayed in a subwidget of the widgets the action group is added to.
&lt;p&gt;Exclusive action groups added to a toolbar display their actions in
a combobox with the action's &lt;a href="qaction.html#text-prop"&gt;QAction::text&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qaction.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QAction::iconSet&lt;/a&gt; properties shown. Non-exclusive groups are
represented by a tool button showing their &lt;a href="qaction.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QAction::iconSet&lt;/a&gt; and
-- depending on &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel"&gt;QMainWindow::usesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;() -- &lt;a href="qaction.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;() property.
&lt;p&gt; In a popup menu the member actions are displayed in a
submenu.
&lt;p&gt; Changing usesDropDown only effects &lt;em&gt;subsequent&lt;/em&gt; calls to &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#addTo"&gt;addTo&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#setUsesDropDown"&gt;setUsesDropDown&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#usesDropDown"&gt;usesDropDown&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::accel</name>
    <doc href="qbutton.html#accel-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the accelerator associated with the button.
&lt;p&gt;This property is 0 if there is no accelerator set. If you set
this property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#setAccel"&gt;setAccel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#accel"&gt;accel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::autoRepeat</name>
    <doc href="qbutton.html#autoRepeat-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether autoRepeat is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If autoRepeat is enabled then the &lt;a href="qbutton.html#clicked"&gt;clicked&lt;/a&gt;() signal is emitted at
regular intervals if the button is down.  This property has
no effect on toggle buttons. autoRepeat is off by default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#setAutoRepeat"&gt;setAutoRepeat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#autoRepeat"&gt;autoRepeat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::autoResize</name>
    <doc href="qbutton.html#autoResize-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether autoResize is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; If autoResize is enabled then the button will resize itself
whenever the contents are changed.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#setAutoResize"&gt;setAutoResize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#autoResize"&gt;autoResize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::down</name>
    <doc href="qbutton.html#down-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the button is pressed.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, the button is set to be pressed down.  The
signals &lt;a href="qbutton.html#pressed"&gt;pressed&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qbutton.html#clicked"&gt;clicked&lt;/a&gt;() are not emitted if you set this
property to TRUE. The default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#setDown"&gt;setDown&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#isDown"&gt;isDown&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::exclusiveToggle</name>
    <doc href="qbutton.html#exclusiveToggle-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the button is an exclusive toggle.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE and the button is in a &lt;a href="qbuttongroup.html"&gt;QButtonGroup&lt;/a&gt;, the
button can only be toggled off by another one being toggled on. The
default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#isExclusiveToggle"&gt;isExclusiveToggle&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::on</name>
    <doc href="qbutton.html#on-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the button is toggled.
&lt;p&gt;This property should only be set for toggle buttons.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#isOn"&gt;isOn&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::pixmap</name>
    <doc href="qbutton.html#pixmap-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the pixmap shown on the button.
&lt;p&gt;If the pixmap is monochrome (i.e., it is a &lt;a href="qbitmap.html"&gt;QBitmap&lt;/a&gt; or its &lt;a href="qpixmap.html#depth"&gt;depth&lt;/a&gt; is 1) and it does not have a mask,
this property will set the pixmap to be its own mask. The purpose of
this is to draw transparent bitmaps which are important for
toggle buttons, for example.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="qbutton.html#pixmap"&gt;pixmap&lt;/a&gt;() returns 0 if no pixmap was set.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#setPixmap"&gt;setPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#pixmap"&gt;pixmap&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::text</name>
    <doc href="qbutton.html#text-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the text shown on the button.
&lt;p&gt;This property will return a null string if the button has
no text.  If the text has an ampersand ('&amp;amp;') in it, then an
accelerator is automatically created for it using the
character after the '&amp;amp;' as the accelerator key.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default text.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::toggleButton</name>
    <doc href="qbutton.html#toggleButton-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the button is a toggle button.
&lt;p&gt;The default value is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#isToggleButton"&gt;isToggleButton&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::toggleState</name>
    <doc href="qbutton.html#toggleState-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the button is toggled.
&lt;p&gt;If this is property is changed then it does not cause the button
to be repainted.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#state"&gt;state&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::toggleType</name>
    <doc href="qbutton.html#toggleType-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the type of toggle on the button.
&lt;p&gt;The default toggle type is SingleShot.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbutton.html#toggleType"&gt;toggleType&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButtonGroup::exclusive</name>
    <doc href="qbuttongroup.html#exclusive-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the button group is exclusive.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, then the buttons in the group are
toggled, and to untoggle a button you must click on another button in
the group. The default value is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qbuttongroup.html#setExclusive"&gt;setExclusive&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbuttongroup.html#isExclusive"&gt;isExclusive&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButtonGroup::radioButtonExclusive</name>
    <doc href="qbuttongroup.html#radioButtonExclusive-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the radiobuttons in the group are exclusive.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE (the default), the radiobuttons in the
group are treated exclusively.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qbuttongroup.html#setRadioButtonExclusive"&gt;setRadioButtonExclusive&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qbuttongroup.html#isRadioButtonExclusive"&gt;isRadioButtonExclusive&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QCheckBox::checked</name>
    <doc href="qcheckbox.html#checked-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the checkbox is checked.
&lt;p&gt;The default is unchecked, i.e. FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qcheckbox.html#setChecked"&gt;setChecked&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcheckbox.html#isChecked"&gt;isChecked&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QCheckBox::tristate</name>
    <doc href="qcheckbox.html#tristate-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the checkbox is a tri-state checkbox.
&lt;p&gt;The default is two-state, i.e. tri-state is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qcheckbox.html#setTristate"&gt;setTristate&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcheckbox.html#isTristate"&gt;isTristate&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::autoCompletion</name>
    <doc href="qcombobox.html#autoCompletion-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether auto-completion is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;This property can only be set for editable comboboxes, for non-editable
comboboxes it has no effect. It is FALSE by default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#setAutoCompletion"&gt;setAutoCompletion&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#autoCompletion"&gt;autoCompletion&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::autoResize</name>
    <doc href="qcombobox.html#autoResize-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether auto resize is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; If this property is set to TRUE then the combobox will resize itself
whenever its contents change. The default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#setAutoResize"&gt;setAutoResize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#autoResize"&gt;autoResize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::count</name>
    <doc href="qcombobox.html#count-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of items in the combobox.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::currentItem</name>
    <doc href="qcombobox.html#currentItem-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the index of the current item in the combobox.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#setCurrentItem"&gt;setCurrentItem&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#currentItem"&gt;currentItem&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::currentText</name>
    <doc href="qcombobox.html#currentText-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the text of the combobox's current item.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#setCurrentText"&gt;setCurrentText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#currentText"&gt;currentText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::duplicatesEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qcombobox.html#duplicatesEnabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether duplicates are allowed.
&lt;p&gt;If the combobox is editable and the user enters some text in the
lineedit of the combobox and presses Enter (and the
&lt;a href="qcombobox.html#insertionPolicy"&gt;insertionPolicy&lt;/a&gt;() is different from NoInsertion), then what happens
is as follows:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; If the text is not already in the list, the text is inserted.
&lt;li&gt; If the text is in the list and this property is TRUE (the
default), the text is inserted.
&lt;li&gt; If the text is in the list and this property is FALSE, the text
is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; inserted; instead the item which has matching text becomes
the current item.
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; This property only affects user-interaction. You can use
&lt;a href="qcombobox.html#insertItem"&gt;insertItem&lt;/a&gt;() to insert duplicates if you wish regardless of this
setting.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#setDuplicatesEnabled"&gt;setDuplicatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#duplicatesEnabled"&gt;duplicatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::editable</name>
    <doc href="qcombobox.html#editable-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the combobox is editable.
&lt;p&gt;This property's default is FALSE. Note that the combobox will be
cleared if this property is set to TRUE for a 1.x Motif style
combobox. To avoid this, use &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#setEditable"&gt;setEditable&lt;/a&gt;() before inserting any
items. Also note that the 1.x version of Motif didn't have any
editable comboboxes, so the combobox will change it's appearance
to a 2.0 style Motif combobox is it is set to be editable.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#setEditable"&gt;setEditable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#editable"&gt;editable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::insertionPolicy</name>
    <doc href="qcombobox.html#insertionPolicy-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the position of the items inserted by the user.
&lt;p&gt;The default insertion policy is &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#Policy-enum"&gt;AtBottom&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#setInsertionPolicy"&gt;setInsertionPolicy&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#insertionPolicy"&gt;insertionPolicy&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::maxCount</name>
    <doc href="qcombobox.html#maxCount-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum number of items allowed in the combobox.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#setMaxCount"&gt;setMaxCount&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#maxCount"&gt;maxCount&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::sizeLimit</name>
    <doc href="qcombobox.html#sizeLimit-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum on-screen size of the combobox.
&lt;p&gt;This is disregarded in Motif 1.x style.  The default limit is ten
lines. If the number of items in the combobox is or grows larger than
lines, a scrollbar is added.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#setSizeLimit"&gt;setSizeLimit&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qcombobox.html#sizeLimit"&gt;sizeLimit&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::autoEdit</name>
    <doc href="qdatabrowser.html#autoEdit-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser automatically applies edits.
&lt;p&gt;The default value for this property is TRUE. When the user begins an
insertion or an update on a form there are two possible outcomes when
they navigate to another record:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; the insert or update is is performed -- this occurs if autoEdit is TRUE
&lt;li&gt; the insert or update is discarded -- this occurs if autoEdit is FALSE
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#setAutoEdit"&gt;setAutoEdit&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#autoEdit"&gt;autoEdit&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::boundaryChecking</name>
    <doc href="qdatabrowser.html#boundaryChecking-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether boundary checking is active.
&lt;p&gt;When boundary checking is active (the default), signals are
emitted indicating the current position of the default cursor.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#boundary"&gt;boundary&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#setBoundaryChecking"&gt;setBoundaryChecking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#boundaryChecking"&gt;boundaryChecking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::confirmCancels</name>
    <doc href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser confirms cancel operations.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, all cancels must be
confirmed by the user through a message box (this behavior can be
changed by overriding the &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmCancel"&gt;confirmCancel&lt;/a&gt;() function), otherwise all
cancels occur immediately. The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmCancel"&gt;confirmCancel&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#setConfirmCancels"&gt;setConfirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::confirmDelete</name>
    <doc href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser confirms deletions.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms deletions,
otherwise deletions happen immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#setConfirmDelete"&gt;setConfirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::confirmEdits</name>
    <doc href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser confirms edit operations.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms all edit operations
(insertions, updates and deletions), otherwise all edit operations
happen immediately. Confirmation is achieved by presenting the user
with a message box -- this behavior can be changed by reimplementing
the &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;() function,
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#setConfirmEdits"&gt;setConfirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::confirmInsert</name>
    <doc href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data browser confirms insertions.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms insertions,
otherwise insertions happen immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#setConfirmInsert"&gt;setConfirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::confirmUpdate</name>
    <doc href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser confirms updates.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms updates,
otherwise updates happen immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#setConfirmUpdate"&gt;setConfirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::filter</name>
    <doc href="qdatabrowser.html#filter-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the data browser's filter.
&lt;p&gt;The filter applies to the data shown in the browser. Call &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#refresh"&gt;refresh&lt;/a&gt;() to
apply the new filter. A filter is a string containing a SQL WHERE
clause without the WHERE keyword, e.g. "id&gt;1000", "name LIKE 'A%'".
&lt;p&gt; There is no default filter.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#sort-prop"&gt;sort&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#setFilter"&gt;setFilter&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#filter"&gt;filter&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::readOnly</name>
    <doc href="qdatabrowser.html#readOnly-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser is read-only.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE, i.e. data can be edited.
If the data browser is read-only, no database edits will be allowed.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#setReadOnly"&gt;setReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#isReadOnly"&gt;isReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::sort</name>
    <doc href="qdatabrowser.html#sort-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the data browser's sort.
&lt;p&gt;The data browser's sort affects the order in which records are
viewed in the browser.  Call &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#refresh"&gt;refresh&lt;/a&gt;() to apply the new sort.
&lt;p&gt; When retrieving the sort property, a string list is returned in the
form 'fieldname order', e.g.  'id ASC', 'surname DESC'.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default sort.
&lt;p&gt; Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
iterate over a copy, e.g.
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="qstringlist.html"&gt;QStringList&lt;/a&gt; list = myDataBrowser.sort();
    QStringList::Iterator it = list.&lt;a href="qvaluelist.html#begin"&gt;begin&lt;/a&gt;();
    while( it != list.&lt;a href="qvaluelist.html#end"&gt;end&lt;/a&gt;() ) {
        myProcessing( *it );
        ++it;
    }
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#setSort"&gt;setSort&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatabrowser.html#sort"&gt;sort&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::autoEdit</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#autoEdit-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table automatically applies edits.
&lt;p&gt;The default value for this property is TRUE. When the user begins an
insert or update in the table there are two possible outcomes when they
navigate to another record:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;ol type=1&gt;
&lt;li&gt; the insert or update is is performed -- this occurs if autoEdit is TRUE
&lt;li&gt; the insert or update is abandoned -- this occurs if autoEdit is FALSE
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setAutoEdit"&gt;setAutoEdit&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#autoEdit"&gt;autoEdit&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::confirmCancels</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table confirms cancel operations.
&lt;p&gt;If the confirmCancel property is active, all cancels must be
confirmed by the user through a message box (this behavior can be
changed by overriding the &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmCancel"&gt;confirmCancel&lt;/a&gt;() function), otherwise all
cancels occur immediately. The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmCancel"&gt;confirmCancel&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setConfirmCancels"&gt;setConfirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmCancels"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::confirmDelete</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table confirms delete operations.
&lt;p&gt;If the confirmDelete property is active, all deletions must be
confirmed by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be
changed by overriding the &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;() function), otherwise all
delete operations occur immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setConfirmDelete"&gt;setConfirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmDelete"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::confirmEdits</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table confirms edit operations.
&lt;p&gt;If the confirmEdits property is active, the data table confirms all
edit operations (inserts, updates and deletes), otherwise all edit
operations occur immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setConfirmEdits"&gt;setConfirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmEdits"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::confirmInsert</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table confirms insert operations.
&lt;p&gt;If the confirmInsert property is active, all insertions must be confirmed
by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be changed by
overriding the &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;() function), otherwise all insert
operations occur immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setConfirmInsert"&gt;setConfirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmInsert"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::confirmUpdate</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table confirms update operations.
&lt;p&gt;If the confirmUpdate property is active, all updates must be confirmed
by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be changed by
overriding the &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;() function), otherwise all update
operations occur immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setConfirmUpdate"&gt;setConfirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#confirmUpdate"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::dateFormat</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#dateFormat-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the format how date/time values are displayed.
&lt;p&gt;The dateFormat property will be used to display date/time values in the
table. The default value is 'Qt::LocalDate'.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setDateFormat"&gt;setDateFormat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#dateFormat"&gt;dateFormat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::falseText</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#falseText-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds the text used to represent false values.
&lt;p&gt;The falseText property will be used to represent NULL values in the
table. The default value is 'False'.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setFalseText"&gt;setFalseText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#falseText"&gt;falseText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::filter</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#filter-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the data filter for the data table.
&lt;p&gt;The filter applies to the data shown in the table. To view data with
a new filter, use &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#refresh"&gt;refresh&lt;/a&gt;(). A filter string is an SQL WHERE
clause without the WHERE keyword.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default filter.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#sort-prop"&gt;sort&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setFilter"&gt;setFilter&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#filter"&gt;filter&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::nullText</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#nullText-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds the text used to represent NULL values.
&lt;p&gt;The nullText property will be used to represent NULL values in the
table. The default value is provided by the cursor's driver.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setNullText"&gt;setNullText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#nullText"&gt;nullText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::numCols</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#numCols-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns in the table.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#numCols"&gt;numCols&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::numRows</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#numRows-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of rows in the table.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#numRows"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::sort</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#sort-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the data table's sort.
&lt;p&gt;The table's sort affects the order in which data records are displayed
in the table.  To apply a sort, use &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#refresh"&gt;refresh&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; When examining the sort property, a string list is returned with each
item having the form 'fieldname order' (e.g., 'id ASC', 'surname DESC').
&lt;p&gt; There is no default sort.
&lt;p&gt; Note that if you want to iterate over the sort list, you should
iterate over a copy, e.g.
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="qstringlist.html"&gt;QStringList&lt;/a&gt; list = myDataTable.sort();
    QStringList::Iterator it = list.&lt;a href="qvaluelist.html#begin"&gt;begin&lt;/a&gt;();
    while( it != list.&lt;a href="qvaluelist.html#end"&gt;end&lt;/a&gt;() ) {
        myProcessing( *it );
        ++it;
    }
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#filter-prop"&gt;filter&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#refresh"&gt;refresh&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setSort"&gt;setSort&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#sort"&gt;sort&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::trueText</name>
    <doc href="qdatatable.html#trueText-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds the text used to represent true values.
&lt;p&gt;The trueText property will be used to represent NULL values in the
table. The default value is 'True'.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#setTrueText"&gt;setTrueText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatatable.html#trueText"&gt;trueText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateEdit::autoAdvance</name>
    <doc href="qdateedit.html#autoAdvance-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the editor automatically advances to the next section.
&lt;p&gt;If autoAdvance is TRUE, the editor will automatically advance focus
to the next date section if a user has completed a section. The
default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setAutoAdvance"&gt;setAutoAdvance&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#autoAdvance"&gt;autoAdvance&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateEdit::date</name>
    <doc href="qdateedit.html#date-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the date value of the editor.
&lt;p&gt;If the date property is not valid, the editor displays all zeroes
and &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#date"&gt;QDateEdit::date&lt;/a&gt;() will return an invalid date.  It is strongly
recommended that the editor be given a default date value.  That
way, attempts to set the date property to an invalid date will fail.
&lt;p&gt; When changing the date property, if the date is less than &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;(),
or is greater than &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;(), nothing happens.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setDate"&gt;setDate&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#date"&gt;date&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateEdit::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="qdateedit.html#maxValue-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum editor value.
&lt;p&gt;Setting the maximum date value for the editor is equivalent to
calling &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setRange"&gt;QDateEdit::setRange&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt; ), where &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt; is the
maximum date. Teh default maximum date is 8000-12-31.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateEdit::minValue</name>
    <doc href="qdateedit.html#minValue-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the minimum editor value.
&lt;p&gt;Setting the minimum date value is equivalent to calling
&lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setRange"&gt;QDateEdit::setRange&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;() ), where &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt; is the
minimum date. The default minimum date is 1752-09-14.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateEdit::order</name>
    <doc href="qdateedit.html#order-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the order in which the year, month and day appear.
&lt;p&gt;The default order is locale dependent.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#Order-enum"&gt;Order&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setOrder"&gt;setOrder&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#order"&gt;order&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateTimeEdit::dateTime</name>
    <doc href="qdatetimeedit.html#dateTime-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the datetime value of the editor.
&lt;p&gt;The datetime edit's datetime which may be an invalid
datetime.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatetimeedit.html#setDateTime"&gt;setDateTime&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdatetimeedit.html#dateTime"&gt;dateTime&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::lineStep</name>
    <doc href="qdial.html#lineStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current line step.
&lt;p&gt;setLineStep() calls the virtual &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function if the new line
step is different from the previous setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;QRangeControl::setSteps&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qdial.html#pageStep-prop"&gt;pageStep&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#setLineStep"&gt;setLineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="qdial.html#maxValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current maximum value.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="qdial.html#minValue-prop"&gt;QDial::minValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted so that the
range remains valid if necessary.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::minValue</name>
    <doc href="qdial.html#minValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current minimum value.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="qdial.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;QDial::maxValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted so that the
range remains valid if necessary.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::notchSize</name>
    <doc href="qdial.html#notchSize-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current notch size.
&lt;p&gt;The notch size is in range control units, not pixels, and if possible it
is a multiple of &lt;a href="qdial.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;() that results in an on-screen notch size near
&lt;a href="qdial.html#notchTarget"&gt;notchTarget&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdial.html#notchTarget-prop"&gt;notchTarget&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdial.html#lineStep-prop"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#notchSize"&gt;notchSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::notchTarget</name>
    <doc href="qdial.html#notchTarget-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the target number of pixels between notches.
&lt;p&gt;The notch target is the number of pixels QDial attempts to put between
each notch.
&lt;p&gt; The actual size may differ from the target size.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#setNotchTarget"&gt;setNotchTarget&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#notchTarget"&gt;notchTarget&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::notchesVisible</name>
    <doc href="qdial.html#notchesVisible-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the notches are shown.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE, the notches are shown. If FALSE (the default) notches are
not shown.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#setNotchesVisible"&gt;setNotchesVisible&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#notchesVisible"&gt;notchesVisible&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::pageStep</name>
    <doc href="qdial.html#pageStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current page step.
&lt;p&gt;setPageStep() calls the virtual &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function if the new page
step is different from the previous setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#setPageStep"&gt;setPageStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#pageStep"&gt;pageStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::tracking</name>
    <doc href="qdial.html#tracking-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether tracking is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE (the default), tracking is enabled. This means that the arrow
can be moved using the mouse; otherwise the arrow cannot be moved with
the mouse.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#setTracking"&gt;setTracking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#tracking"&gt;tracking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::value</name>
    <doc href="qdial.html#value-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current dial value.
&lt;p&gt;This is guaranteed to be within the range
&lt;a href="qdial.html#minValue-prop"&gt;QDial::minValue&lt;/a&gt;..&lt;a href="qdial.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;QDial::maxValue&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdial.html#minValue-prop"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdial.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#setValue"&gt;setValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#value"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::wrapping</name>
    <doc href="qdial.html#wrapping-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether wrapping is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE, wrapping is enabled. This means that the arrow can be turned
around 360°. Otherwise there is some space at the bottom of the dial
which is skipped by the arrow.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#setWrapping"&gt;setWrapping&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdial.html#wrapping"&gt;wrapping&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDialog::sizeGripEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qdialog.html#sizeGripEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the size grip is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;A &lt;a href="qsizegrip.html"&gt;QSizeGrip&lt;/a&gt; is placed in the bottom right corner of the dialog when this
property is enabled.  By default, the size grip is disabled.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdialog.html#setSizeGripEnabled"&gt;setSizeGripEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdialog.html#isSizeGripEnabled"&gt;isSizeGripEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockArea::count</name>
    <doc href="qdockarea.html#count-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of dock windows in the dock area.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockarea.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockArea::empty</name>
    <doc href="qdockarea.html#empty-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock area is empty.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockarea.html#isEmpty"&gt;isEmpty&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockArea::handlePosition</name>
    <doc href="qdockarea.html#handlePosition-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds where the dock window splitter handle is placed in the dock area.
&lt;p&gt;The default position is &lt;a href="qdockarea.html#HandlePosition-enum"&gt;Normal&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockarea.html#handlePosition"&gt;handlePosition&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockArea::orientation</name>
    <doc href="qdockarea.html#orientation-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the dock area's orientation.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default value; the orientation is specified in the constructor.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockarea.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::closeMode</name>
    <doc href="qdockwindow.html#closeMode-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the close mode of a dock window.
&lt;p&gt;Defines when (if ever) the dock window has a close button. The
choices are &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum"&gt;Never&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum"&gt;Docked&lt;/a&gt; (i.e. only when docked), &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum"&gt;Undocked&lt;/a&gt;
(only when undocked, i.e. floated) or &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum"&gt;Always&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; The default is &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum"&gt;Never&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setCloseMode"&gt;setCloseMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#closeMode"&gt;closeMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::horizontallyStretchable</name>
    <doc href="qdockwindow.html#horizontallyStretchable-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window is horizontally stretchable.
&lt;p&gt;A dock window is horizontally stretchable if you call
&lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setHorizontallyStretchable"&gt;setHorizontallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;(TRUE) or &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;(TRUE).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop"&gt;resizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setHorizontallyStretchable"&gt;setHorizontallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#isHorizontallyStretchable"&gt;isHorizontallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::movingEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qdockwindow.html#movingEnabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the user can move the dock window within the dock area, move the dock window to another dock area, or float the dock window.
&lt;p&gt;This property is TRUE by default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setMovingEnabled"&gt;setMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#isMovingEnabled"&gt;isMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::newLine</name>
    <doc href="qdockwindow.html#newLine-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window prefers to start a new line in the dock area.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE, i.e. the dock window doesn't require a new
line in the dock area.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setNewLine"&gt;setNewLine&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#newLine"&gt;newLine&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::offset</name>
    <doc href="qdockwindow.html#offset-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the dock window's preferred offset from the dock area's left edge (top edge for vertical dock areas).
&lt;p&gt;The default is 0.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setOffset"&gt;setOffset&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#offset"&gt;offset&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::opaqueMoving</name>
    <doc href="qdockwindow.html#opaqueMoving-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window will be shown normally whilst it is being moved.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is FALSE, (the default), the dock window
will be represented by an outline rectangle whilst it is being moved.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setOpaqueMoving"&gt;setOpaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#opaqueMoving"&gt;opaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::place</name>
    <doc href="qdockwindow.html#place-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window is in a dock area.
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#place"&gt;place&lt;/a&gt;() function returns the current place of the dock window.
This is either &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#Place-enum"&gt;InDock&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#Place-enum"&gt;OutsideDock&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdockarea.html#moveDockWindow"&gt;QDockArea::moveDockWindow&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qdockarea.html#removeDockWindow"&gt;QDockArea::removeDockWindow&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#moveDockWindow"&gt;QMainWindow::moveDockWindow&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#removeDockWindow"&gt;QMainWindow::removeDockWindow&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#place"&gt;place&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::resizeEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window is resizeable.
&lt;p&gt;A resizeable dock window can be resized using splitter-like handles
inside a dock area and like every other top level window when
floating.
&lt;p&gt; A dock window is both horizontally and vertically stretchable if you call
or &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;(TRUE).
&lt;p&gt; This property is FALSE by default.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#verticallyStretchable-prop"&gt;verticallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#horizontallyStretchable-prop"&gt;horizontallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#isResizeEnabled"&gt;isResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::stretchable</name>
    <doc href="qdockwindow.html#stretchable-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window is stretchable in the current &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;This property can be set using &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setHorizontallyStretchable"&gt;setHorizontallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;() and
&lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setVerticallyStretchable"&gt;setVerticallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;(), or with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop"&gt;resizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#isStretchable"&gt;isStretchable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::verticallyStretchable</name>
    <doc href="qdockwindow.html#verticallyStretchable-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window is vertically stretchable.
&lt;p&gt;A dock window is horizontally stretchable if you call
&lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setVerticallyStretchable"&gt;setVerticallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;(TRUE) or &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;(TRUE).
&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop"&gt;resizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setVerticallyStretchable"&gt;setVerticallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#isVerticallyStretchable"&gt;isVerticallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDoubleValidator::bottom</name>
    <doc href="qdoublevalidator.html#bottom-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the validator's minimum acceptable value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setBottom"&gt;setBottom&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#bottom"&gt;bottom&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDoubleValidator::decimals</name>
    <doc href="qdoublevalidator.html#decimals-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the validator's maximum number of digits after the decimal point.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setDecimals"&gt;setDecimals&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#decimals"&gt;decimals&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDoubleValidator::top</name>
    <doc href="qdoublevalidator.html#top-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the validator's maximum acceptable value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setTop"&gt;setTop&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#top"&gt;top&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::contentsPreview</name>
    <doc href="qfiledialog.html#contentsPreview-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the file dialog offers the possibility of previewing the contents of the currently selected file.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setContentsPreview"&gt;setContentsPreview&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#infoPreview-prop"&gt;infoPreview&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setContentsPreviewEnabled"&gt;setContentsPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#isContentsPreviewEnabled"&gt;isContentsPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::dirPath</name>
    <doc href="qfiledialog.html#dirPath-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the file dialog's working directory.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#dirPath"&gt;dirPath&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#dir"&gt;dir&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setDir"&gt;setDir&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::infoPreview</name>
    <doc href="qfiledialog.html#infoPreview-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the file dialog offers the possibility to preview information about the currently selected file.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setInfoPreviewEnabled"&gt;setInfoPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#isInfoPreviewEnabled"&gt;isInfoPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::mode</name>
    <doc href="qfiledialog.html#mode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the file dialog's mode.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#Mode-enum"&gt;ExistingFile&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setMode"&gt;setMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#mode"&gt;mode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::previewMode</name>
    <doc href="qfiledialog.html#previewMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the preview mode for the file dialog.
&lt;p&gt;If you set the mode to be a mode other than &lt;em&gt;NoPreview&lt;/em&gt;, then use
&lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setInfoPreview"&gt;setInfoPreview&lt;/a&gt;() or &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setContentsPreview"&gt;setContentsPreview&lt;/a&gt;() to set the dialog's preview
widget to your preview widget and enable the preview widget(s) with
&lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setInfoPreviewEnabled"&gt;setInfoPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() or &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setContentsPreviewEnabled"&gt;setContentsPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#infoPreview-prop"&gt;infoPreview&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#contentsPreview-prop"&gt;contentsPreview&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#viewMode-prop"&gt;viewMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setPreviewMode"&gt;setPreviewMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#previewMode"&gt;previewMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::selectedFile</name>
    <doc href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFile-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the name of the selected file.
&lt;p&gt;If a file was selected selectedFile contains the file's name including
its absolute path; otherwise selectedFile is empty.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qstring.html#isEmpty"&gt;QString::isEmpty&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop"&gt;selectedFiles&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop"&gt;selectedFilter&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFile"&gt;selectedFile&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::selectedFiles</name>
    <doc href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds a list of selected files.
&lt;p&gt;If one or more files were selected selectedFiles contains the
names of the selected files including their absolute paths. If no
files were selected or the mode wasn't ExistingFiles selectedFiles
is an empty list.
&lt;p&gt; It is more convenient to use &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFile"&gt;selectedFile&lt;/a&gt;() if the mode is
&lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#Mode-enum"&gt;ExistingFile&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#Mode-enum"&gt;Directory&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#Mode-enum"&gt;DirectoryOnly&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
iterate over a copy, e.g.
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="qstringlist.html"&gt;QStringList&lt;/a&gt; list = myFileDialog.selectedFiles();
    QStringList::Iterator it = list.&lt;a href="qvaluelist.html#begin"&gt;begin&lt;/a&gt;();
    while( it != list.&lt;a href="qvaluelist.html#end"&gt;end&lt;/a&gt;() ) {
        myProcessing( *it );
        ++it;
    }
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFile-prop"&gt;selectedFile&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop"&gt;selectedFilter&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qvaluelist.html#empty"&gt;QValueList::empty&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFiles"&gt;selectedFiles&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::selectedFilter</name>
    <doc href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the filter which the user has selected in the file dialog.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFilter"&gt;selectedFilter&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#filterSelected"&gt;filterSelected&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop"&gt;selectedFiles&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#selectedFile-prop"&gt;selectedFile&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::showHiddenFiles</name>
    <doc href="qfiledialog.html#showHiddenFiles-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether hidden files are shown in the file dialog.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE, i.e. don't show hidden files.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setShowHiddenFiles"&gt;setShowHiddenFiles&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#showHiddenFiles"&gt;showHiddenFiles&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::viewMode</name>
    <doc href="qfiledialog.html#viewMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the file dialog's view mode.
&lt;p&gt;If you set the view mode to be &lt;em&gt;Detail&lt;/em&gt; (the default), then you
will see the file's details, such as the size of the file and the
date the file was last modified alongside the file.
&lt;p&gt; If you set the view mode to be &lt;em&gt;List&lt;/em&gt;, then you will just
see a list of the files and folders.
&lt;p&gt; See &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#ViewMode-enum"&gt;QFileDialog::ViewMode&lt;/a&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#setViewMode"&gt;setViewMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qfiledialog.html#viewMode"&gt;viewMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::contentsRect</name>
    <doc href="qframe.html#contentsRect-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the rectangle inside the frame.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#contentsRect"&gt;contentsRect&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameRect-prop"&gt;frameRect&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qframe.html#drawContents"&gt;drawContents&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::frameRect</name>
    <doc href="qframe.html#frameRect-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the frame rectangle.
&lt;p&gt;The frame rectangle is the rectangle the frame is drawn in.  By
default, this is the entire widget.  Setting this property does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; cause a widget update.
&lt;p&gt; If this property is set to a null rectangle (for example
&lt;tt&gt;QRect(0, 0, 0, 0)&lt;/tt&gt;), then the frame rectangle is equivalent
to the &lt;a href="qwidget.html#rect"&gt;widget rectangle&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qframe.html#contentsRect-prop"&gt;contentsRect&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#setFrameRect"&gt;setFrameRect&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameRect"&gt;frameRect&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::frameShadow</name>
    <doc href="qframe.html#frameShadow-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the frame shadow value from the frame style.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#setFrameShadow"&gt;setFrameShadow&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameShadow"&gt;frameShadow&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameStyle"&gt;frameStyle&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameShape-prop"&gt;frameShape&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::frameShape</name>
    <doc href="qframe.html#frameShape-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the frame shape value from the frame style.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#setFrameShape"&gt;setFrameShape&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameShape"&gt;frameShape&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameStyle"&gt;frameStyle&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameShadow-prop"&gt;frameShadow&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::frameWidth</name>
    <doc href="qframe.html#frameWidth-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the frame that is drawn.
&lt;p&gt;Note that the frame width depends on the &lt;a href="qframe.html#setFrameStyle"&gt;frame
  style&lt;/a&gt;, not only the line width and the mid-line width.  For
example, the style &lt;a href="qframe.html#Shape-enum"&gt;NoFrame&lt;/a&gt; always has a frame width 0, whereas the
style &lt;a href="qframe.html#Shape-enum"&gt;Panel&lt;/a&gt; has a frame width equivalent to the line width.
The frame width also includes the margin.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qframe.html#lineWidth-prop"&gt;lineWidth&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qframe.html#midLineWidth-prop"&gt;midLineWidth&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameStyle"&gt;frameStyle&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qframe.html#margin-prop"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameWidth"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::lineWidth</name>
    <doc href="qframe.html#lineWidth-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the line width.
&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;em&gt;total&lt;/em&gt; line width for &lt;a href="qframe.html#Shape-enum"&gt;HLine&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qframe.html#Shape-enum"&gt;VLine&lt;/a&gt;
is given by &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameWidth"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;(), not &lt;a href="qframe.html#lineWidth"&gt;lineWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; The default value is 1.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qframe.html#midLineWidth-prop"&gt;midLineWidth&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameWidth-prop"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#setLineWidth"&gt;setLineWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#lineWidth"&gt;lineWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::margin</name>
    <doc href="qframe.html#margin-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the margin.
&lt;p&gt;The margin is the distance between the innermost pixel of the frame and
he outermost pixel of &lt;a href="qframe.html#contentsRect"&gt;contentsRect&lt;/a&gt;(). It is included in &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameWidth"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; The margin is filled according to &lt;a href="qwidget.html#backgroundMode"&gt;backgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; The default value is 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qframe.html#margin-prop"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qframe.html#lineWidth-prop"&gt;lineWidth&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameWidth-prop"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#setMargin"&gt;setMargin&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#margin"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::midLineWidth</name>
    <doc href="qframe.html#midLineWidth-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the mid-line.
&lt;p&gt;The default value is 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qframe.html#lineWidth-prop"&gt;lineWidth&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameWidth-prop"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#setMidLineWidth"&gt;setMidLineWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qframe.html#midLineWidth"&gt;midLineWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGridView::cellHeight</name>
    <doc href="qgridview.html#cellHeight-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the height of a grid row.
&lt;p&gt;All rows in a grid view have the same height.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qgridview.html#cellWidth-prop"&gt;cellWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qgridview.html#setCellHeight"&gt;setCellHeight&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qgridview.html#cellHeight"&gt;cellHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGridView::cellWidth</name>
    <doc href="qgridview.html#cellWidth-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of a grid column.
&lt;p&gt;All columns in a grid view have the same width.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qgridview.html#cellHeight-prop"&gt;cellHeight&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qgridview.html#setCellWidth"&gt;setCellWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qgridview.html#cellWidth"&gt;cellWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGridView::numCols</name>
    <doc href="qgridview.html#numCols-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns in the grid.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qgridview.html#setNumCols"&gt;setNumCols&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qgridview.html#numCols"&gt;numCols&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qgridview.html#numRows-prop"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGridView::numRows</name>
    <doc href="qgridview.html#numRows-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of rows in the grid.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qgridview.html#setNumRows"&gt;setNumRows&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qgridview.html#numRows"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qgridview.html#numCols-prop"&gt;numCols&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGroupBox::alignment</name>
    <doc href="qgroupbox.html#alignment-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the alignment of the group box title.
&lt;p&gt;The title is always placed on the upper frame line; however,
the horizontal alignment can be specified by the alignment parameter.
&lt;p&gt; The alignment is one of the following flags:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignAuto&lt;/a&gt; aligns the title accroding to the language, usually left.
&lt;li&gt; &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignLeft&lt;/a&gt; aligns the title text to the left.
&lt;li&gt; &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignRight&lt;/a&gt; aligns the title text to the right.
&lt;li&gt; &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignHCenter&lt;/a&gt; aligns the title text centered.
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; The default alignment is &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignAuto&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;Qt::AlignmentFlags&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qgroupbox.html#setAlignment"&gt;setAlignment&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qgroupbox.html#alignment"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGroupBox::columns</name>
    <doc href="qgroupbox.html#columns-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns or rows (depending on &lt;a href="qgroupbox.html#orientation-prop"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;) in the group box.
&lt;p&gt;Usually it is not a good idea to set this property because it is slow
(it does a complete layout).  It is better to set the number of columns
directly in the constructor.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qgroupbox.html#setColumns"&gt;setColumns&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qgroupbox.html#columns"&gt;columns&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGroupBox::orientation</name>
    <doc href="qgroupbox.html#orientation-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current orientation of the group box.
&lt;p&gt;A horizontal group box arranges it's children in columns, while a
vertical group box arranges them in rows. Thus, a horizontal group box
with only one column will arrange the children vertically in that column.
&lt;p&gt; Usually it is not a good idea to set this property because it is slow
(it does a complete layout). It is better to set the orientation directly
in the constructor.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qgroupbox.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qgroupbox.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGroupBox::title</name>
    <doc href="qgroupbox.html#title-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the group box title text.
&lt;p&gt;The group box title text will have a focus-change keyboard
accelerator if the title contains &amp;amp;, followed by a letter.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
      g-&amp;gt;setTitle( "&amp;amp;User information" );
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
This produces "User information" with the U underlined;
Alt+U moves the keyboard focus to the group box.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default title text.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qgroupbox.html#setTitle"&gt;setTitle&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qgroupbox.html#title"&gt;title&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::count</name>
    <doc href="qheader.html#count-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of sections in the header.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qheader.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::moving</name>
    <doc href="qheader.html#moving-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the header sections can be moved.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE the user may move sections. If the user
moves a section the &lt;a href="qheader.html#indexChange"&gt;indexChange&lt;/a&gt;() signal is emitted.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qheader.html#setClickEnabled"&gt;setClickEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qheader.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qheader.html#setMovingEnabled"&gt;setMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qheader.html#isMovingEnabled"&gt;isMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::offset</name>
    <doc href="qheader.html#offset-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the header's leftmost (or topmost) visible pixel.
&lt;p&gt;Setting this property will scroll the header so that &lt;em&gt;offset&lt;/em&gt; becomes
the leftmost (or topmost for vertical headers) visible pixel.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qheader.html#setOffset"&gt;setOffset&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qheader.html#offset"&gt;offset&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::orientation</name>
    <doc href="qheader.html#orientation-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the header's physical orientation.
&lt;p&gt;The orientation is either QHeader::Vertical or
QHeader::Horizontal (the default).
&lt;p&gt; Call &lt;a href="qheader.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() before adding labels if you don't provide a
size parameter otherwise the sizes will be incorrect.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qheader.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qheader.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::stretching</name>
    <doc href="qheader.html#stretching-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the header sections always take up the full width (or height) of the header.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qheader.html#setStretchEnabled"&gt;setStretchEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qheader.html#isStretchEnabled"&gt;isStretchEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::tracking</name>
    <doc href="qheader.html#tracking-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the &lt;a href="qheader.html#sizeChange"&gt;sizeChange&lt;/a&gt;() signal is emitted continuously.
&lt;p&gt;If tracking is on, the sizeChange() signal is emitted continuously
while the mouse is moved (i.e. when the header is resized), otherwise
it is only emitted when the mouse button is released at the end of
resizing.
&lt;p&gt; Tracking defaults to FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qheader.html#setTracking"&gt;setTracking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qheader.html#tracking"&gt;tracking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::arrangement</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#arrangement-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the arrangement mode of the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;This can be &lt;a href="qiconview.html#Arrangement-enum"&gt;LeftToRight&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qiconview.html#Arrangement-enum"&gt;TopToBottom&lt;/a&gt;. The default is &lt;a href="qiconview.html#Arrangement-enum"&gt;LeftToRight&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setArrangement"&gt;setArrangement&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#arrangement"&gt;arrangement&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::autoArrange</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#autoArrange-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the icon view rearranges its items when a new item is inserted.
&lt;p&gt;The default is set to TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; Note that if the icon view is not visible at the time of insertion,
QIconView defers all position-related work until it's shown and then
calls &lt;a href="qiconview.html#arrangeItemsInGrid"&gt;arrangeItemsInGrid&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setAutoArrange"&gt;setAutoArrange&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#autoArrange"&gt;autoArrange&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::count</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#count-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of items in the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::gridX</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#gridX-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds the horizontal grid of the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;If the value is -1, (the default), QIconView computes suitable
column widths based on the icon view's contents.
&lt;p&gt; Note that setting a grid width overrides &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setMaxItemWidth"&gt;setMaxItemWidth&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setGridX"&gt;setGridX&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#gridX"&gt;gridX&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::gridY</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#gridY-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds the vertical grid of the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;If the value is -1, (the default), QIconView computes suitable
column heights based on the icon view's contents.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setGridY"&gt;setGridY&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#gridY"&gt;gridY&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::itemTextBackground</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#itemTextBackground-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the brush that should be used when drawing the background of an item's text.
&lt;p&gt;By default this brush is set to NoBrush, meaning that only the
normal icon view background is used.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setItemTextBackground"&gt;setItemTextBackground&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#itemTextBackground"&gt;itemTextBackground&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::itemTextPos</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#itemTextPos-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the position where the text of each item is drawn.
&lt;p&gt;Valid values are &lt;a href="qiconview.html#ItemTextPos-enum"&gt;Bottom&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qiconview.html#ItemTextPos-enum"&gt;Right&lt;/a&gt;. The default is &lt;a href="qiconview.html#ItemTextPos-enum"&gt;Bottom&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setItemTextPos"&gt;setItemTextPos&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#itemTextPos"&gt;itemTextPos&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::itemsMovable</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#itemsMovable-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the user is allowed to move items around in the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setItemsMovable"&gt;setItemsMovable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#itemsMovable"&gt;itemsMovable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::maxItemTextLength</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#maxItemTextLength-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum length (in characters) that an item's text may have.
&lt;p&gt;The default is 255 characters.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setMaxItemTextLength"&gt;setMaxItemTextLength&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#maxItemTextLength"&gt;maxItemTextLength&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::maxItemWidth</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#maxItemWidth-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum width that an item may have.
&lt;p&gt;The default is 100 pixels.
&lt;p&gt; Note that if the &lt;a href="qiconview.html#gridX"&gt;gridX&lt;/a&gt;() value is set QIconView will ignore
this property.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setMaxItemWidth"&gt;setMaxItemWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#maxItemWidth"&gt;maxItemWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::resizeMode</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#resizeMode-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the resize mode of the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;This can be &lt;a href="qiconview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;Fixed&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qiconview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;Adjust&lt;/a&gt;. The default is &lt;a href="qiconview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;Fixed&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setResizeMode"&gt;setResizeMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#resizeMode"&gt;resizeMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::selectionMode</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#selectionMode-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the selection mode of the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;This can be &lt;a href="qiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Single&lt;/a&gt; (the default), &lt;a href="qiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Extended&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Multi&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;NoSelection&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setSelectionMode"&gt;setSelectionMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#selectionMode"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::showToolTips</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#showToolTips-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the icon view will display a tool tip with the complete text for any truncated item text.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE. Note that this has no effect if
&lt;a href="qiconview.html#setWordWrapIconText"&gt;setWordWrapIconText&lt;/a&gt;() is TRUE, as it is by default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setShowToolTips"&gt;setShowToolTips&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#showToolTips"&gt;showToolTips&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::sortDirection</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#sortDirection-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the sort direction for inserting new items is ascending;.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE (i.e. ascending). This sort direction only has
meaning if &lt;a href="qiconview.html#sorting"&gt;sorting&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qiconview.html#autoArrange"&gt;autoArrange&lt;/a&gt;() are both TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; To set the sort direction, use &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setSorting"&gt;setSorting&lt;/a&gt;()

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#sortDirection"&gt;sortDirection&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::sorting</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#sorting-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the icon view sorts on insertion.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE, i.e. no sorting on insertion.
&lt;p&gt; To set the soring, use &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setSorting"&gt;setSorting&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#sorting"&gt;sorting&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::spacing</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#spacing-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the space in pixels between icon view items.
&lt;p&gt;The default is 5 pixels.
&lt;p&gt; Negative values for spacing are illegal.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setSpacing"&gt;setSpacing&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#spacing"&gt;spacing&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::wordWrapIconText</name>
    <doc href="qiconview.html#wordWrapIconText-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the item text will be word-wrapped if it is too long.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; If this property is FALSE, icon text that is too long is truncated,
and an ellipsis (...) appended to indicate that truncation has
occurred.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#setWordWrapIconText"&gt;setWordWrapIconText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qiconview.html#wordWrapIconText"&gt;wordWrapIconText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIntValidator::bottom</name>
    <doc href="qintvalidator.html#bottom-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the validator's lowest acceptable value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#setBottom"&gt;setBottom&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#bottom"&gt;bottom&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIntValidator::top</name>
    <doc href="qintvalidator.html#top-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the validator's highest acceptable value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#setTop"&gt;setTop&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#top"&gt;top&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::intValue</name>
    <doc href="qlcdnumber.html#intValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the displayed value rounded to the nearest integer.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to the nearest integer to the
current value displayed by the LCDNumber.
&lt;p&gt; If the displayed value is not a number, the property has
a value of 0.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#display"&gt;display&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#intValue"&gt;intValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::mode</name>
    <doc href="qlcdnumber.html#mode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current display mode (number base).
&lt;p&gt;Corresponds to the current display mode, which is one of &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum"&gt;BIN&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum"&gt;OCT&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum"&gt;DEC&lt;/a&gt; (the default) and &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum"&gt;HEX&lt;/a&gt;. All four modes can display
both integers, floating-point numbers and strings (subject to
character set limitations).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop"&gt;smallDecimalPoint&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#setHexMode"&gt;setHexMode&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#setDecMode"&gt;setDecMode&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#setOctMode"&gt;setOctMode&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#setBinMode"&gt;setBinMode&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#setMode"&gt;setMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#mode"&gt;mode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::numDigits</name>
    <doc href="qlcdnumber.html#numDigits-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current number of digits displayed.
&lt;p&gt;Corresponds to the current number of digits.  If &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop"&gt;QLCDNumber::smallDecimalPoint&lt;/a&gt; is FALSE, the decimal point occupies
one digit position.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#numDigits-prop"&gt;numDigits&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop"&gt;smallDecimalPoint&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#setNumDigits"&gt;setNumDigits&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#numDigits"&gt;numDigits&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::segmentStyle</name>
    <doc href="qlcdnumber.html#segmentStyle-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the style of the LCDNumber.
&lt;p&gt;The style of the QLCDNumber is one of:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum"&gt;Outline&lt;/a&gt; gives raised segments filled with the background color (this is the default).
&lt;li&gt; &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum"&gt;Filled&lt;/a&gt; gives raised segments filled with the foreground color.
&lt;li&gt; &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum"&gt;Flat&lt;/a&gt; gives flat segments filled with the foreground color.
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum"&gt;Outline&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum"&gt;Filled&lt;/a&gt; will additionally use &lt;a href="qcolorgroup.html#light"&gt;QColorGroup::light&lt;/a&gt;()
and &lt;a href="qcolorgroup.html#dark"&gt;QColorGroup::dark&lt;/a&gt;() for shadow effects.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#setSegmentStyle"&gt;setSegmentStyle&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#segmentStyle"&gt;segmentStyle&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::smallDecimalPoint</name>
    <doc href="qlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the style of the decimal point.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE the decimal point is drawn between two
digit positions. Otherwise it occupies a digit position of its own,
i.e. is drawn in a digit position. The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; The inter-digit space is made slightly wider when the decimal point
is drawn between the digits.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#mode-prop"&gt;mode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#setSmallDecimalPoint"&gt;setSmallDecimalPoint&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint"&gt;smallDecimalPoint&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::value</name>
    <doc href="qlcdnumber.html#value-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the displayed value.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to the current value displayed by the
LCDNumber.
&lt;p&gt; If the displayed value is not a number, the property has
a value of 0.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#display"&gt;display&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlcdnumber.html#value"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::alignment</name>
    <doc href="qlabel.html#alignment-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the alignment of the label's contents.
&lt;p&gt;The alignment is a bitwise OR of Qt::AlignmentFlags and
Qt::TextFlags values. The &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;ExpandTabs&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;SingleLine&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;ShowPrefix&lt;/a&gt; flags apply only if the label contains plain text;
otherwise they are ignored. The &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;DontClip&lt;/a&gt; flag is always
ignored. &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;WordBreak&lt;/a&gt; applies to both rich text and plain text
labels.
&lt;p&gt; If the label has a buddy, the &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;ShowPrefix&lt;/a&gt; flag is forced to TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; The default alignment is &lt;tt&gt;AlignAuto | AlignVCenter | ExpandTabs&lt;/tt&gt;
if the label doesn't have a buddy and &lt;tt&gt;AlignAuto | AlignVCenter | ExpandTabs | ShowPrefix&lt;/tt&gt; if the label has a buddy. If the label
contains rich text, additionally &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;WordBreak&lt;/a&gt; is turned on.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;Qt::AlignmentFlags&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlabel.html#alignment-prop"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlabel.html#setBuddy"&gt;setBuddy&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qlabel.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#setAlignment"&gt;setAlignment&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#alignment"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::indent</name>
    <doc href="qlabel.html#indent-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label's indent in pixels.
&lt;p&gt;The indent applies to the left edge if &lt;a href="qlabel.html#alignment"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;() is &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignLeft&lt;/a&gt;,
to the right edge if alignment() is &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignRight&lt;/a&gt;, to the top edge
if alignment() is &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignTop&lt;/a&gt;, and to to the bottom edge if
alignment() is &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignBottom&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; If the indent is negative, or if no indent has been set, the label
computes the effective indent as follows: if &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameWidth"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;() is 0, the
effective indent becomes 0. If frameWidth() is greater than 0, the
effective indent becomes half the width of the "x" character of the
widget's current &lt;a href="qwidget.html#font"&gt;font&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlabel.html#alignment-prop"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qframe.html#frameWidth-prop"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#font-prop"&gt;font&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#setIndent"&gt;setIndent&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#indent"&gt;indent&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::pixmap</name>
    <doc href="qlabel.html#pixmap-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label's pixmap.
&lt;p&gt;If no pixmap has been set this will return an invalid pixmap.
&lt;p&gt; Setting the pixmap clears any previous content, and resizes the label
if &lt;a href="qlabel.html#autoResize"&gt;QLabel::autoResize&lt;/a&gt;() is TRUE. The buddy accelerator, if any,
is disabled.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#setPixmap"&gt;setPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#pixmap"&gt;pixmap&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::scaledContents</name>
    <doc href="qlabel.html#scaledContents-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the label will scale its contents to fill all available space.
&lt;p&gt;When enabled and the label shows a pixmap, it will scale the pixmap to
fill the available space.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlabel.html#scaledContents-prop"&gt;scaledContents&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#setScaledContents"&gt;setScaledContents&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#hasScaledContents"&gt;hasScaledContents&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::text</name>
    <doc href="qlabel.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label text.
&lt;p&gt;If no text has been set this will return an empty string. Setting the
text clears any previous content, unless they are the same.
&lt;p&gt; The text will be interpreted either as a plain text or as a rich text,
depending on the text format setting; see &lt;a href="qlabel.html#setTextFormat"&gt;setTextFormat&lt;/a&gt;(). The default
setting is &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;AutoText&lt;/a&gt;, i.e. QLabel will try to auto-detect the format
of the text set.
&lt;p&gt; If the text is interpreted as a plain text and a buddy has been set, the
buddy accelerator key is updated from the new text.
&lt;p&gt; The label resizes itself if auto-resizing is enabled.
&lt;p&gt; Note that Qlabel is well-suited to display small rich text documents
only. Those small documents get their document specific settings
(font, text color, link color) from the label's palette and font
properties. For large documents, use QTextView instead. QTextView
will flicker less on resize and can also provide a scrollbar, when
necessary.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlabel.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlabel.html#textFormat-prop"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlabel.html#setBuddy"&gt;setBuddy&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qlabel.html#alignment-prop"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::textFormat</name>
    <doc href="qlabel.html#textFormat-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label's text format.
&lt;p&gt;See the Qt::TextFormat enum for an explanation of the possible options.
&lt;p&gt; The default format is &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;AutoText&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlabel.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#setTextFormat"&gt;setTextFormat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlabel.html#textFormat"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLayout::margin</name>
    <doc href="qlayout.html#margin-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the outside border of the layout.
&lt;p&gt;For some layout classes this property has an effect only on
top-level layouts; &lt;a href="qboxlayout.html"&gt;QBoxLayout&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qgridlayout.html"&gt;QGridLayout&lt;/a&gt; support margins for
child layouts. The default value is 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlayout.html#spacing-prop"&gt;spacing&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlayout.html#setMargin"&gt;setMargin&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlayout.html#margin"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLayout::resizeMode</name>
    <doc href="qlayout.html#resizeMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the resize mode of the layout.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is &lt;a href="qlayout.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;Minimum&lt;/a&gt; for top-level widgets and &lt;a href="qlayout.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;FreeResize&lt;/a&gt;
for all others.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlayout.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;QLayout::ResizeMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlayout.html#setResizeMode"&gt;setResizeMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlayout.html#resizeMode"&gt;resizeMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLayout::spacing</name>
    <doc href="qlayout.html#spacing-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the spacing between widgets inside the layout.
&lt;p&gt;The default value is -1, which signifies that the layout's spacing
should not override the widget's spacing.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlayout.html#margin-prop"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlayout.html#setSpacing"&gt;setSpacing&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlayout.html#spacing"&gt;spacing&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::alignment</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#alignment-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the alignment of the line edit.
&lt;p&gt;Possible Values are Qt::AlignAuto, Qt::AlignLeft,
Qt::AlignRight and Qt::AlignHCenter.
&lt;p&gt; Attempting to set the alignment to an illegal flag combination does
nothing.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;Qt::AlignmentFlags&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#setAlignment"&gt;setAlignment&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#alignment"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::cursorPosition</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#cursorPosition-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the current cursor position for this line edit.
&lt;p&gt;Setting the cursor position causes a repaint when appropriate.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#setCursorPosition"&gt;setCursorPosition&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#cursorPosition"&gt;cursorPosition&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::displayText</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#displayText-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the text that is displayed.
&lt;p&gt;If EchoMode is Normal this returns the same as &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;(); if EchoMode
is Password it returns a string of asterisks the text().length()
characters long, e.g. "******"; if EchoMode is NoEcho returns an
empty string, "".
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#echoMode-prop"&gt;echoMode&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;EchoMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#displayText"&gt;displayText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::dragEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#dragEnabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the lineedit starts a drag if the user presses and moves the mouse on some selected text.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#setDragEnabled"&gt;setDragEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#dragEnabled"&gt;dragEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::echoMode</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#echoMode-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the echo mode of the line edit.
&lt;p&gt;The initial setting is Normal, but QLineEdit also supports NoEcho
and Password modes.
&lt;p&gt; The widget's display and the ability to copy or drag the text is
affected by this setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;EchoMode&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#displayText-prop"&gt;displayText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#setEchoMode"&gt;setEchoMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#echoMode"&gt;echoMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::edited</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#edited-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the edited flag of the line edit.
&lt;p&gt;The edited flag is never read by QLineEdit; it has a default value of
FALSE and is changed to TRUE whenever the user changes the line edit's
contents.
&lt;p&gt; This is useful for things that need to provide a default value
but cannot find the default at once.  Just start the line edit without
the best default; when the default is known, check the &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#edited"&gt;edited&lt;/a&gt;()
return value and set the line edit's contents if the user has not
started editing the line edit.
&lt;p&gt; Calling &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() resets the edited flag to FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#setEdited"&gt;setEdited&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#edited"&gt;edited&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::frame</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#frame-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the line edit draws itself with a frame.
&lt;p&gt;If enabled (the default) the line edit draws itself inside a
two-pixel frame, otherwise the line edit draws itself without
any frame.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#setFrame"&gt;setFrame&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#frame"&gt;frame&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::hasMarkedText</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#hasMarkedText-prop">
&lt;b&gt;This function is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether part of the text has been selected by the user (e.g. by clicking and dragging).
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#hasMarkedText"&gt;hasMarkedText&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#selectedText-prop"&gt;selectedText&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::hasSelectedText</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether there is any text selected.
&lt;p&gt;hasSelectedText() returns TRUE if some or all of the text has been
selected by the user (e.g. by clicking and dragging); otherwise
returns FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#selectedText-prop"&gt;selectedText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#hasSelectedText"&gt;hasSelectedText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::markedText</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#markedText-prop">
&lt;b&gt;This function is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This property holds the text selected by the user (e.g. by clicking and dragging), or QString::null if no text is selected.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#markedText"&gt;markedText&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop"&gt;hasSelectedText&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::maxLength</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#maxLength-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum permitted length of the text in the editor.
&lt;p&gt;If the text is too long, it is truncated at the limit.
&lt;p&gt; If truncation occurs any selected text will be unselected, the
cursor position is set to 0 and the first part of the string is
shown.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#setMaxLength"&gt;setMaxLength&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#maxLength"&gt;maxLength&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::readOnly</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#readOnly-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the line edit is read only.
&lt;p&gt;In read-only mode, the user can still copy the text to the
clipboard or drag-and-drop the text, but cannot edit it.
&lt;p&gt; QLineEdit does not show a cursor in read-only mode.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#enabled-prop"&gt;enabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#setReadOnly"&gt;setReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#isReadOnly"&gt;isReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::redoAvailable</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#redoAvailable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether redo is available.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#isRedoAvailable"&gt;isRedoAvailable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::selectedText</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#selectedText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds any text selected by the user or QString::null.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#selectedText"&gt;selectedText&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop"&gt;hasSelectedText&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::text</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#text-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the text in the line.
&lt;p&gt;Setting this property clears the selection, moves the cursor to the end
of the line and resets the edited property to FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; The text is truncated to &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#maxLength"&gt;maxLength&lt;/a&gt;() length.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::undoAvailable</name>
    <doc href="qlineedit.html#undoAvailable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether undo is available.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlineedit.html#isUndoAvailable"&gt;isUndoAvailable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::columnMode</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#columnMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the column layout mode for this list box.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#setColumnMode"&gt;setColumnMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#columnMode"&gt;columnMode&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#rowMode-prop"&gt;rowMode&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#columnMode-prop"&gt;columnMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#setColumnMode"&gt;setColumnMode&lt;/a&gt;() sets the layout mode and adjusts the number of
displayed columns. The row layout mode automatically becomes
&lt;a href="qlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum"&gt;Variable&lt;/a&gt;, unless the column mode is &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum"&gt;Variable&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#rowMode-prop"&gt;rowMode&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#columnMode-prop"&gt;columnMode&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::count</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#count-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of items in the list box.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::currentItem</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#currentItem-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current highlighted item.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the highlighting is moved and the list
box scrolled as necessary.
&lt;p&gt; If no item has been selected, &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#currentItem"&gt;currentItem&lt;/a&gt;() returns -1.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#setCurrentItem"&gt;setCurrentItem&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#currentItem"&gt;currentItem&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::currentText</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#currentText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text of the current item.
&lt;p&gt;This is equivalent to &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;(currentItem()).

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#currentText"&gt;currentText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::multiSelection</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#multiSelection-prop">
&lt;b&gt;This function is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether or not the list box is in Multi selection mode.
&lt;p&gt;Consider using the &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#selectionMode-prop"&gt;QListBox::selectionMode&lt;/a&gt; property instead of
this property.
&lt;p&gt; When setting this property, Multi selection mode is used if set to TRUE and
to Single selection mode if set to FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; When getting this property, TRUE is returned if the list box is in
Multi selection mode or Extended selection mode, and FALSE if it is
in Single selection mode or NoSelection mode.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#selectionMode-prop"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#setMultiSelection"&gt;setMultiSelection&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#isMultiSelection"&gt;isMultiSelection&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::numColumns</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#numColumns-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns in the list box.
&lt;p&gt;This is normally 1, but can be different if &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#columnMode-prop"&gt;QListBox::columnMode&lt;/a&gt; or
&lt;a href="qlistbox.html#rowMode-prop"&gt;QListBox::rowMode&lt;/a&gt; has been set.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#columnMode-prop"&gt;columnMode&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#rowMode-prop"&gt;rowMode&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#numRows-prop"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#numColumns"&gt;numColumns&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::numItemsVisible</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#numItemsVisible-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of visible items.
&lt;p&gt;Both partially and entirely visible items are counted.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#numItemsVisible"&gt;numItemsVisible&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::numRows</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#numRows-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of rows in the list box.
&lt;p&gt;This is equal to the number of items in the default single-column
layout, but can be different.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#columnMode-prop"&gt;columnMode&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#rowMode-prop"&gt;rowMode&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#numColumns-prop"&gt;numColumns&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#numRows"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::rowMode</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#rowMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the row layout mode for this list box.
&lt;p&gt;This property is normally &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum"&gt;Variable&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#setRowMode"&gt;setRowMode&lt;/a&gt;() sets the layout mode and adjusts the number of displayed
rows. The column layout mode automatically becomes &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum"&gt;Variable&lt;/a&gt;, unless
the row mode is &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum"&gt;Variable&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#columnMode-prop"&gt;columnMode&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#rowMode-prop"&gt;rowMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#setRowMode"&gt;setRowMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#rowMode"&gt;rowMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::selectionMode</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#selectionMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the selection mode of the list box.
&lt;p&gt;Sets the list box's selection mode, which may be one of
&lt;a href="qlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Single&lt;/a&gt; (the default), &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Extended&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Multi&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;NoSelection&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;SelectionMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#setSelectionMode"&gt;setSelectionMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#selectionMode"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::topItem</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#topItem-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the index of an item at the top of the screen.
&lt;p&gt;When getting this property and the listbox has multiple columns, an
arbitrary item is selected and returned.
&lt;p&gt; When setting this property, the list box is scrolled so the item at
position &lt;em&gt;index&lt;/em&gt; in the list is displayed in the top row of the
list box.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#setTopItem"&gt;setTopItem&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#topItem"&gt;topItem&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::variableHeight</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#variableHeight-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this list box has variable-height rows.
&lt;p&gt;When the list box has variable-height rows (the default), each
row is as high as the highest item in that row.  When it has
same-sized rows, all rows are as high as the highest item in
the list box.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#variableWidth-prop"&gt;variableWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#setVariableHeight"&gt;setVariableHeight&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#variableHeight"&gt;variableHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::variableWidth</name>
    <doc href="qlistbox.html#variableWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this list box has variable-width columns.
&lt;p&gt;When the list box has variable-width columns, each column is as
wide as the widest item in that column.  When it has same-sized
columns (the default), all columns are as wide as the widest item
in the list box.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#variableHeight-prop"&gt;variableHeight&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#setVariableWidth"&gt;setVariableWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistbox.html#variableWidth"&gt;variableWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::allColumnsShowFocus</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#allColumnsShowFocus-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether items should show keyboard focus using all columns.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE all columns will show focus and selection
states, otherwise only column 0 will show focus.
&lt;p&gt; The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; Setting this to TRUE if it's not necessary may cause noticeable
flicker.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#setAllColumnsShowFocus"&gt;setAllColumnsShowFocus&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#allColumnsShowFocus"&gt;allColumnsShowFocus&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::childCount</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#childCount-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of parentless (top level) &lt;a href="qlistviewitem.html"&gt;QListViewItem&lt;/a&gt; objects in this QListView.
&lt;p&gt;Represents the current number of parentless (top level)
QListViewItem objects in this QListView, like
&lt;a href="qlistviewitem.html#childCount"&gt;QListViewItem::childCount&lt;/a&gt;() returns the number of child items for a
QListViewItem.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistviewitem.html#childCount"&gt;QListViewItem::childCount&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#childCount"&gt;childCount&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::columns</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#columns-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns in this list view.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#columns"&gt;columns&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistview.html#addColumn"&gt;addColumn&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qlistview.html#removeColumn"&gt;removeColumn&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::defaultRenameAction</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#defaultRenameAction-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the list view accepts the rename operation by default.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is Accept, and the user renames an item and the
editor looses focus (without the user pressing Enter), the item
will still be renamed. If the property's value is Reject, the item
will not be renamed unless the user presses Enter. The default is
Reject.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#setDefaultRenameAction"&gt;setDefaultRenameAction&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#defaultRenameAction"&gt;defaultRenameAction&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::itemMargin</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#itemMargin-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the advisory item margin that list items may use.
&lt;p&gt;The item margin defaults to one pixel and is the margin between the
item's edges and the area where it draws its contents.
&lt;a href="qlistviewitem.html#paintFocus"&gt;QListViewItem::paintFocus&lt;/a&gt;() draws in the margin.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistviewitem.html#paintCell"&gt;QListViewItem::paintCell&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#setItemMargin"&gt;setItemMargin&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#itemMargin"&gt;itemMargin&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::multiSelection</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#multiSelection-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the list view is in multi-selection or single selection mode.
&lt;p&gt;If you enable multi-selection mode, it is possible to specify
whether or not this mode should be extended. Extended means that the
user can select multiple items only when pressing the Shift or
Ctrl key at the same time.
&lt;p&gt; The default selection mode is &lt;a href="qlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Single&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistview.html#selectionMode-prop"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#setMultiSelection"&gt;setMultiSelection&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#isMultiSelection"&gt;isMultiSelection&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::resizeMode</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#resizeMode-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether all, none or the last column should be resized.
&lt;p&gt;Specifies whether all, none or the last column should be resized to
fit the full width of the listview. The values for this property can
be one of the following: &lt;a href="qlistview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;NoColumn&lt;/a&gt; (the default), &lt;a href="qlistview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;AllColumns&lt;/a&gt; or
&lt;a href="qlistview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;LastColumn&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qheader.html"&gt;QHeader&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qlistview.html#header"&gt;header&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#setResizeMode"&gt;setResizeMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#resizeMode"&gt;resizeMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::rootIsDecorated</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#rootIsDecorated-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the list view show open/close signs on root items.
&lt;p&gt;Open/close signs are small + or - symbols in windows style, or
arrows in Motif style. The default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#setRootIsDecorated"&gt;setRootIsDecorated&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#rootIsDecorated"&gt;rootIsDecorated&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::selectionMode</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#selectionMode-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the list view's multi-selection mode.
&lt;p&gt;The mode can be &lt;a href="qlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Single&lt;/a&gt; (the default), &lt;a href="qlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Extended&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Multi&lt;/a&gt; or
&lt;a href="qlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;NoSelection&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistview.html#multiSelection-prop"&gt;multiSelection&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#setSelectionMode"&gt;setSelectionMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#selectionMode"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::showSortIndicator</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#showSortIndicator-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the list view header should display a sort indicator.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, an arrow is drawn in the header of the
list view to indicate the sort order of the list view contents. The
arrow will be drawn in the correct column and will point up or down,
depending on the current sort direction. The default is FALSE (don't
show an indicator).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qheader.html#setSortIndicator"&gt;QHeader::setSortIndicator&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#setShowSortIndicator"&gt;setShowSortIndicator&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#showSortIndicator"&gt;showSortIndicator&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::showToolTips</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#showToolTips-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this list view should show tooltips for truncated column texts.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#setShowToolTips"&gt;setShowToolTips&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#showToolTips"&gt;showToolTips&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::treeStepSize</name>
    <doc href="qlistview.html#treeStepSize-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of pixels a child is offset from its parent.
&lt;p&gt;The default is 20 pixels.
&lt;p&gt; Of course, this property is only meaningful for hierarchical list
views.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#setTreeStepSize"&gt;setTreeStepSize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qlistview.html#treeStepSize"&gt;treeStepSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMainWindow::dockWindowsMovable</name>
    <doc href="qmainwindow.html#dockWindowsMovable-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock windows are movable.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE (the default), the user will be able to move Movable dock
windows from one QMainWindow dock area to another, including the &lt;tt&gt;TearOff&lt;/tt&gt; area (i.e. where the dock window floats freely as a window
in its own right), and the &lt;a href="qt.html#Dock-enum"&gt;Minimized&lt;/a&gt; area (where only the dock
window's handle is shown below the menu bar). Moveable dock windows
can also be moved within QMainWindow dock areas, i.e. to rearrange
them within a dock area.
&lt;p&gt; If FALSE the user will not be able to move any dock windows.
&lt;p&gt; By default dock windows are moved transparently (i.e. only an outline
rectangle is shown during the drag), but this setting can be changed
with &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#setOpaqueMoving"&gt;setOpaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#setDockEnabled"&gt;setDockEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#opaqueMoving-prop"&gt;opaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#setDockWindowsMovable"&gt;setDockWindowsMovable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#dockWindowsMovable"&gt;dockWindowsMovable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMainWindow::opaqueMoving</name>
    <doc href="qmainwindow.html#opaqueMoving-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether dock windows are moved opaquely.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE the dock windows of the main window are shown
opaquely (i.e. it shows the toolbar as it looks when docked) when
moved. If FALSE (the default) they are shown transparently,
(i.e. as an outline rectangle).

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#setOpaqueMoving"&gt;setOpaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#opaqueMoving"&gt;opaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMainWindow::rightJustification</name>
    <doc href="qmainwindow.html#rightJustification-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the main window right-justifies its dock windows.
&lt;p&gt;If disabled (the default), stretchable dock windows
are expanded, and non-stretchable dock windows are given the minimum
space they need. Since most dock windows are not stretchable, this
usually results in a unjustified right edge (or unjustified bottom edge for a
vertical dock area). If enabled, the main window will
right-justify its dock windows.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setVerticalStretchable"&gt;QDockWindow::setVerticalStretchable&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qdockwindow.html#setHorizontalStretchable"&gt;QDockWindow::setHorizontalStretchable&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#setRightJustification"&gt;setRightJustification&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#rightJustification"&gt;rightJustification&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMainWindow::usesBigPixmaps</name>
    <doc href="qmainwindow.html#usesBigPixmaps-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether big pixmaps are enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE (the default), the tool buttons will use small
pixmaps; otherwise big pixmaps will be used.
&lt;p&gt; Tool buttons and other widgets that wish to respond to this setting
are responsible for reading the correct state on startup, and for
connecting to the main window's widget's &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#pixmapSizeChanged"&gt;pixmapSizeChanged&lt;/a&gt;() signal.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#setUsesBigPixmaps"&gt;setUsesBigPixmaps&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#usesBigPixmaps"&gt;usesBigPixmaps&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMainWindow::usesTextLabel</name>
    <doc href="qmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether text labels for toolbar buttons are enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If disabled (the default), the tool buttons will not use
text labels. If enabled, text labels will be used.
&lt;p&gt; Tool buttons and other widgets that wish to respond to this setting
are responsible for reading the correct state on startup, and for
connecting to the main window's widget's &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#usesTextLabelChanged"&gt;usesTextLabelChanged&lt;/a&gt;()
signal.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#usesTextLabel-prop"&gt;QToolButton::usesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#setUsesTextLabel"&gt;setUsesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel"&gt;usesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMenuBar::defaultUp</name>
    <doc href="qmenubar.html#defaultUp-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the popup orientation.
&lt;p&gt;The default popup orientation. By default, menus pop "down" the
screen.  By setting the property to TRUE, the menu will pop "up".  You
might call this for menus that are &lt;em&gt;below&lt;/em&gt; the document to which
they refer.
&lt;p&gt; If the menu would not fit on the screen, the other direction is used
rather than the default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmenubar.html#setDefaultUp"&gt;setDefaultUp&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmenubar.html#isDefaultUp"&gt;isDefaultUp&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMenuBar::separator</name>
    <doc href="qmenubar.html#separator-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds in which cases a menubar sparator is drawn.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmenubar.html#setSeparator"&gt;setSeparator&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmenubar.html#separator"&gt;separator&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMessageBox::icon</name>
    <doc href="qmessagebox.html#icon-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the messagebox icon.
&lt;p&gt;The icon of the message box can be one of the following predefined icons:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; QMessageBox::NoIcon
&lt;li&gt; QMessageBox::Information
&lt;li&gt; QMessageBox::Warning
&lt;li&gt; QMessageBox::Critical
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; The actual pixmap used for displaying the icon depends on the current
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#style"&gt;GUI style&lt;/a&gt;.  You can also set a custom
pixmap icon using the &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#iconPixmap-prop"&gt;QMessageBox::iconPixmap&lt;/a&gt; property. The
default icon is QMessageBox::NoIcon.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#iconPixmap-prop"&gt;iconPixmap&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#setIcon"&gt;setIcon&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#icon"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMessageBox::iconPixmap</name>
    <doc href="qmessagebox.html#iconPixmap-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current icon.
&lt;p&gt;The icon currently used by the message box. Note that
it's often hard to draw one pixmap that looks appropriate in both
Motif and Windows GUI styles; you may want to draw two pixmaps.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#icon-prop"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#setIconPixmap"&gt;setIconPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#iconPixmap"&gt;iconPixmap&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMessageBox::text</name>
    <doc href="qmessagebox.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the message box text to be displayed.
&lt;p&gt;The text will be interpreted either as a plain text or as a rich
text, depending on the text format setting (&lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop"&gt;QMessageBox::textFormat&lt;/a&gt;). The
default setting is &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;AutoText&lt;/a&gt;, i.e. the message box will try to
auto-detect the format of the text.
&lt;p&gt; The default value of the property is QString::null.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMessageBox::textFormat</name>
    <doc href="qmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the format of the text displayed by the message box.
&lt;p&gt;The current text format used by the message box.
See the &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;Qt::TextFormat&lt;/a&gt; enum for an explanation of the possible options.
&lt;p&gt; The default format is &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;AutoText&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#setTextFormat"&gt;setTextFormat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmessagebox.html#textFormat"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMultiLineEdit::alignment</name>
    <doc href="qmultilineedit.html#alignment-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds the editor's paragraph alignment.
&lt;p&gt;Sets the alignment to flag, which must be &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignLeft&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignHCenter&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignRight&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; If flag is an illegal flag nothing happens.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;Qt::AlignmentFlags&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmultilineedit.html#setAlignment"&gt;setAlignment&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmultilineedit.html#alignment"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMultiLineEdit::atBeginning</name>
    <doc href="qmultilineedit.html#atBeginning-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the cursor is placed at the beginning of the text.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmultilineedit.html#atBeginning"&gt;atBeginning&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qmultilineedit.html#atEnd-prop"&gt;atEnd&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMultiLineEdit::atEnd</name>
    <doc href="qmultilineedit.html#atEnd-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the cursor is placed at the end of the text.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmultilineedit.html#atEnd"&gt;atEnd&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qmultilineedit.html#atBeginning-prop"&gt;atBeginning&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMultiLineEdit::edited</name>
    <doc href="qmultilineedit.html#edited-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the document has been edited by the user.
&lt;p&gt;This is the same as &lt;a href="qtextedit.html"&gt;QTextEdit&lt;/a&gt;'s "modifed" property.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#modified-prop"&gt;QTextEdit::modified&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qmultilineedit.html#setEdited"&gt;setEdited&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmultilineedit.html#edited"&gt;edited&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMultiLineEdit::numLines</name>
    <doc href="qmultilineedit.html#numLines-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of paragraphs in the editor.
&lt;p&gt;The count includes any empty paragraph at top and bottom, so for an
empty editor this method returns 1.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qmultilineedit.html#numLines"&gt;numLines&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QObject::name</name>
    <doc href="qobject.html#name-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the name of this object.
&lt;p&gt;You can find an object by name (and type) using &lt;a href="qobject.html#child"&gt;child&lt;/a&gt;(). You can
find a set of objects with &lt;a href="qobject.html#queryList"&gt;queryList&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; The object name is set by the constructor or by the &lt;a href="qobject.html#setName"&gt;setName&lt;/a&gt;()
function. The object name is not very useful in the current version
of Qt, but will become increasingly important in the future.
&lt;p&gt; If the object does not have a name, the &lt;a href="qobject.html#name"&gt;name&lt;/a&gt;() function returns
"unnamed", so printf() (used in &lt;a href="qapplication.html#qDebug"&gt;qDebug&lt;/a&gt;()) will not be asked to output a null
pointer. If you want a null pointer to be returned for unnamed objects, you
can call name( 0 ).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="qapplication.html#qDebug"&gt;qDebug&lt;/a&gt;( "MyClass::setPrecision(): (%s) invalid precision %f",
            &lt;a href="qobject.html#name"&gt;name&lt;/a&gt;(), newPrecision );
&lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qobject.html#className"&gt;className&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qobject.html#child"&gt;child&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qobject.html#queryList"&gt;queryList&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qobject.html#setName"&gt;setName&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qobject.html#name"&gt;name&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPopupMenu::checkable</name>
    <doc href="qpopupmenu.html#checkable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the display of check marks on menu items is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;When TRUE, the display of check marks on menu items is enabled.
Checking is always enabled when in Windows-style.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qmenudata.html#setItemChecked"&gt;QMenuData::setItemChecked&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qpopupmenu.html#setCheckable"&gt;setCheckable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qpopupmenu.html#isCheckable"&gt;isCheckable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::centerIndicator</name>
    <doc href="qprogressbar.html#centerIndicator-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the indicator string should be centered.
&lt;p&gt;Changing this property sets &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle-prop"&gt;QProgressBar::indicatorFollowsStyle&lt;/a&gt;
to FALSE. The default is TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#setCenterIndicator"&gt;setCenterIndicator&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#centerIndicator"&gt;centerIndicator&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::indicatorFollowsStyle</name>
    <doc href="qprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the display of the indicator string should follow the GUI style.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#centerIndicator-prop"&gt;centerIndicator&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#setIndicatorFollowsStyle"&gt;setIndicatorFollowsStyle&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle"&gt;indicatorFollowsStyle&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::percentageVisible</name>
    <doc href="qprogressbar.html#percentageVisible-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the current progress value is displayed.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#centerIndicator-prop"&gt;centerIndicator&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle-prop"&gt;indicatorFollowsStyle&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#setPercentageVisible"&gt;setPercentageVisible&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#percentageVisible"&gt;percentageVisible&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::progress</name>
    <doc href="qprogressbar.html#progress-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current amount of progress.
&lt;p&gt;This property is -1 if the progress counting has not started.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#setProgress"&gt;setProgress&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#progress"&gt;progress&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::progressString</name>
    <doc href="qprogressbar.html#progressString-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current amount of progress as a string.
&lt;p&gt;This property is QString::null if the progress counting has not started.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#progressString"&gt;progressString&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::totalSteps</name>
    <doc href="qprogressbar.html#totalSteps-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the total number of steps.
&lt;p&gt;If totalSteps is null, the progress bar will display a busy indicator.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#totalSteps-prop"&gt;totalSteps&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#setTotalSteps"&gt;setTotalSteps&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html#totalSteps"&gt;totalSteps&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::autoClose</name>
    <doc href="qprogressdialog.html#autoClose-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dialog gets hidden by &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#reset"&gt;reset&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#autoReset-prop"&gt;autoReset&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#setAutoClose"&gt;setAutoClose&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#autoClose"&gt;autoClose&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::autoReset</name>
    <doc href="qprogressdialog.html#autoReset-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the progress dialog calls &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#reset"&gt;reset&lt;/a&gt;() as soon as &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#progress"&gt;progress&lt;/a&gt;() equals &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#totalSteps"&gt;totalSteps&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#autoClose-prop"&gt;autoClose&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#setAutoReset"&gt;setAutoReset&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#autoReset"&gt;autoReset&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::labelText</name>
    <doc href="qprogressdialog.html#labelText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label's text.
&lt;p&gt;The default text is QString::null.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#setLabelText"&gt;setLabelText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#labelText"&gt;labelText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::minimumDuration</name>
    <doc href="qprogressdialog.html#minimumDuration-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the time that the progress should run for before the dialog opens.
&lt;p&gt;The dialog will not appear if the anticipated duration of the
progressing task is less than the minimum duration.
&lt;p&gt; If set to 0, the dialog is always shown as soon as any progress
is set. The default is 4000.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#setMinimumDuration"&gt;setMinimumDuration&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#minimumDuration"&gt;minimumDuration&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::progress</name>
    <doc href="qprogressdialog.html#progress-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current amount of progress made.
&lt;p&gt;For the progress dialog to work as expected, you should initially set
this property to 0 and finally set it to
&lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#totalSteps"&gt;QProgressDialog::totalSteps&lt;/a&gt;(); you can call &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#setProgress"&gt;setProgress&lt;/a&gt;() any number of times
in-between.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; If the progress dialog is modal
(see &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#QProgressDialog"&gt;QProgressDialog::QProgressDialog&lt;/a&gt;()),
this function calls &lt;a href="qapplication.html#processEvents"&gt;QApplication::processEvents&lt;/a&gt;(), so take care that
this does not cause undesirable re-entrancy in your code. For example,
don't use a QProgressDialog inside a &lt;a href="qwidget.html#paintEvent"&gt;paintEvent&lt;/a&gt;()!
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#totalSteps-prop"&gt;totalSteps&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#setProgress"&gt;setProgress&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#progress"&gt;progress&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::totalSteps</name>
    <doc href="qprogressdialog.html#totalSteps-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the total number of steps.
&lt;p&gt;The default is 0.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#setTotalSteps"&gt;setTotalSteps&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#totalSteps"&gt;totalSteps&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::wasCancelled</name>
    <doc href="qprogressdialog.html#wasCancelled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dialog was cancelled.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#wasCancelled"&gt;wasCancelled&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qprogressdialog.html#progress-prop"&gt;progress&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPushButton::autoDefault</name>
    <doc href="qpushbutton.html#autoDefault-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the push button is the auto default button.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is set to TRUE then the push button will be the focused
item in a dialog when the dialog is first shown.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qpushbutton.html#setAutoDefault"&gt;setAutoDefault&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qpushbutton.html#autoDefault"&gt;autoDefault&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPushButton::default</name>
    <doc href="qpushbutton.html#default-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the push button is the default button.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is set to TRUE then the push button will be pressed if the
user hits the Enter key in a dialog.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qpushbutton.html#setDefault"&gt;setDefault&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qpushbutton.html#isDefault"&gt;isDefault&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPushButton::flat</name>
    <doc href="qpushbutton.html#flat-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the border is disabled.
&lt;p&gt;This property's default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qpushbutton.html#setFlat"&gt;setFlat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qpushbutton.html#isFlat"&gt;isFlat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPushButton::iconSet</name>
    <doc href="qpushbutton.html#iconSet-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the icon set on the push button.
&lt;p&gt;This property will return 0 if the push button has no iconset

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qpushbutton.html#setIconSet"&gt;setIconSet&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qpushbutton.html#iconSet"&gt;iconSet&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPushButton::menuButton</name>
    <doc href="qpushbutton.html#menuButton-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the push button has a menu button on it.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; If this property is set to TRUE, then a down arrow is drawn on the push
button to indicate that a menu will pop up if the user clicks on the
arrow.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qpushbutton.html#isMenuButton"&gt;isMenuButton&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QRadioButton::checked</name>
    <doc href="qradiobutton.html#checked-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the radio button is checked.
&lt;p&gt;This property will not effect any other radio buttons unless they have been
placed in the same &lt;a href="qbuttongroup.html"&gt;QButtonGroup&lt;/a&gt;. The default value is FALSE (unchecked).

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qradiobutton.html#setChecked"&gt;setChecked&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qradiobutton.html#isChecked"&gt;isChecked&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::draggingSlider</name>
    <doc href="qscrollbar.html#draggingSlider-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the user has clicked the mouse on the slider and is currently dragging it.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#draggingSlider"&gt;draggingSlider&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::lineStep</name>
    <doc href="qscrollbar.html#lineStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current line step.
&lt;p&gt;When setting lineStep, the virtual &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function will be called
if the new line step is different from the previous setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;setSteps&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#pageStep"&gt;QRangeControl::pageStep&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#setLineStep"&gt;setLineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="qscrollbar.html#maxValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current maximum value of the scroll bar.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#minValue-prop"&gt;QScrollBar::minValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted
so that the range remains valid if necessary.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::minValue</name>
    <doc href="qscrollbar.html#minValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current minimum value of the scroll bar.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;QScrollBar::maxValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted
so that the range remains valid if necessary.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::orientation</name>
    <doc href="qscrollbar.html#orientation-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the orientation of the scroll bar.
&lt;p&gt;The orientation must be &lt;a href="qt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;Qt::Vertical&lt;/a&gt; (the default) or &lt;a href="qt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;Qt::Horizontal&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::pageStep</name>
    <doc href="qscrollbar.html#pageStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current line step.
&lt;p&gt;When setting pageStep, the virtual &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function will be called
if the new page step is different from the previous setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;QRangeControl::setSteps&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#lineStep-prop"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#setPageStep"&gt;setPageStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#pageStep"&gt;pageStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::tracking</name>
    <doc href="qscrollbar.html#tracking-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether scroll bar tracking is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If tracking is enabled (the default), the scroll bar emits the
&lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#valueChanged"&gt;valueChanged&lt;/a&gt;() signal while the slider is being dragged.  If
tracking is disabled, the scroll bar emits the valueChanged() signal
only when the user releases the mouse button after moving the
slider.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#setTracking"&gt;setTracking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#tracking"&gt;tracking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::value</name>
    <doc href="qscrollbar.html#value-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current scroll bar value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#setValue"&gt;setValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html#value"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#value"&gt;QRangeControl::value&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#prevValue"&gt;prevValue&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::contentsHeight</name>
    <doc href="qscrollview.html#contentsHeight-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the height of the contents area.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#contentsHeight"&gt;contentsHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::contentsWidth</name>
    <doc href="qscrollview.html#contentsWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the contents area.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#contentsWidth"&gt;contentsWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::contentsX</name>
    <doc href="qscrollview.html#contentsX-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the X coordinate of the contents that are at the left edge of the viewport.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#contentsX"&gt;contentsX&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::contentsY</name>
    <doc href="qscrollview.html#contentsY-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the Y coordinate of the contents that are at the top edge of the viewport.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#contentsY"&gt;contentsY&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::dragAutoScroll</name>
    <doc href="qscrollview.html#dragAutoScroll-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether autoscrolling in drag move events is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is set to TRUE (the default), the QScrollView
automatically scrolls the contents in drag move events if the user
moves the cursor close to a border of the view. Of course this works
only if the viewport accepts drops. Specifying FALSE disables this
autoscroll feature.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#setDragAutoScroll"&gt;setDragAutoScroll&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#dragAutoScroll"&gt;dragAutoScroll&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::hScrollBarMode</name>
    <doc href="qscrollview.html#hScrollBarMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the mode for the horizontal scroll bar.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is QScrollView::Auto.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#vScrollBarMode-prop"&gt;vScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#setHScrollBarMode"&gt;setHScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#hScrollBarMode"&gt;hScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::resizePolicy</name>
    <doc href="qscrollview.html#resizePolicy-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current resize policy.
&lt;p&gt;The default is &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#ResizePolicy-enum"&gt;Default&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#ResizePolicy-enum"&gt;ResizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#setResizePolicy"&gt;setResizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#resizePolicy"&gt;resizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::vScrollBarMode</name>
    <doc href="qscrollview.html#vScrollBarMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the mode for the vertical scroll bar.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is QScrollView::Auto.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#hScrollBarMode-prop"&gt;hScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#setVScrollBarMode"&gt;setVScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#vScrollBarMode"&gt;vScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::visibleHeight</name>
    <doc href="qscrollview.html#visibleHeight-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the vertical amount of the content that is visible.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#visibleHeight"&gt;visibleHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::visibleWidth</name>
    <doc href="qscrollview.html#visibleWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the horizontal amount of the content that is visible.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qscrollview.html#visibleWidth"&gt;visibleWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::lineStep</name>
    <doc href="qslider.html#lineStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current line step.
&lt;p&gt;When setting lineStep, the virtual &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function will be called
if the new line step is different from the previous setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;setSteps&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#pageStep"&gt;QRangeControl::pageStep&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#setLineStep"&gt;setLineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="qslider.html#maxValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current maximum value of the slider.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="qslider.html#minValue-prop"&gt;QSlider::minValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted, if
necessary, to ensure that the range remains valid.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::minValue</name>
    <doc href="qslider.html#minValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current minimum value of the slider.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="qslider.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;QSlider::maxValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted, if
necessary, to ensure that the range remains valid.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::orientation</name>
    <doc href="qslider.html#orientation-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the orientation of the slider.
&lt;p&gt;The orientation must be &lt;a href="qt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;Qt::Vertical&lt;/a&gt; (the default) or &lt;a href="qt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;Qt::Horizontal&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::pageStep</name>
    <doc href="qslider.html#pageStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current page step.
&lt;p&gt;When setting pageStep, the virtual &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function will be called
if the new page step is different from the previous setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;QRangeControl::setSteps&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qslider.html#lineStep-prop"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#setPageStep"&gt;setPageStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#pageStep"&gt;pageStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::tickInterval</name>
    <doc href="qslider.html#tickInterval-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the interval between tickmarks.
&lt;p&gt;This is a value interval, not a pixel interval. If it is 0, the slider
will choose between &lt;a href="qslider.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qslider.html#pageStep"&gt;pageStep&lt;/a&gt;(). The initial value of
tickInterval is 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#lineStep"&gt;QRangeControl::lineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#pageStep"&gt;QRangeControl::pageStep&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#setTickInterval"&gt;setTickInterval&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#tickInterval"&gt;tickInterval&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::tickmarks</name>
    <doc href="qslider.html#tickmarks-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the tickmark settings for this slider.
&lt;p&gt;The valid values are in &lt;a href="qslider.html#TickSetting-enum"&gt;QSlider::TickSetting&lt;/a&gt;. The default is
&lt;a href="qslider.html#TickSetting-enum"&gt;NoMarks&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qslider.html#tickInterval-prop"&gt;tickInterval&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#setTickmarks"&gt;setTickmarks&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#tickmarks"&gt;tickmarks&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::tracking</name>
    <doc href="qslider.html#tracking-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether slider tracking is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If tracking is enabled (the default), the slider emits the
&lt;a href="qslider.html#valueChanged"&gt;valueChanged&lt;/a&gt;() signal whenever the slider is being dragged.  If
tracking is disabled, the slider emits the valueChanged() signal
when the user releases the mouse button (unless the value happens to
be the same as before).

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#setTracking"&gt;setTracking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#tracking"&gt;tracking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::value</name>
    <doc href="qslider.html#value-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current slider value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#setValue"&gt;setValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qslider.html#value"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#value"&gt;QRangeControl::value&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#prevValue"&gt;prevValue&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::buttonSymbols</name>
    <doc href="qspinbox.html#buttonSymbols-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current button symbol mode.
&lt;p&gt;The possible values can be either &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum"&gt;UpDownArrows&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum"&gt;PlusMinus&lt;/a&gt;. The
default is &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum"&gt;UpDownArrows&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum"&gt;ButtonSymbols&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setButtonSymbols"&gt;setButtonSymbols&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#buttonSymbols"&gt;buttonSymbols&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::cleanText</name>
    <doc href="qspinbox.html#cleanText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text of the spin box with any &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#prefix"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;() or &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#suffix"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;() and with any whitespace at the start and end removed.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#cleanText"&gt;cleanText&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#prefix-prop"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#suffix-prop"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::lineStep</name>
    <doc href="qspinbox.html#lineStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the line step.
&lt;p&gt;When the user uses the arrows to change the spin box's value the value
will be incremented/decremented by the amount of the line step.
&lt;p&gt; The &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setLineStep"&gt;setLineStep&lt;/a&gt;() function calls the virtual &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function
if the new line step is different from the previous setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;QRangeControl::setSteps&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setLineStep"&gt;setLineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="qspinbox.html#maxValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum value of the spin box.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#minValue-prop"&gt;QSpinBox::minValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted so
that the range remains valid if necessary.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#specialValueText-prop"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::minValue</name>
    <doc href="qspinbox.html#minValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the minimum value of the spin box.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;QSpinBox::maxValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted so
that the range remains valid if necessary.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#specialValueText-prop"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::prefix</name>
    <doc href="qspinbox.html#prefix-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the prefix of the spin box.
&lt;p&gt;The prefix is prepended to the start of the displayed value. Typical use is
to indicate the unit of measurement to the user. For example:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
    sb-&amp;gt;setPrefix( "$" );
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; To turn off the prefix display, set this property to an empty
string. The default is no prefix. The prefix is not displayed for
the &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;() if &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#specialValueText"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;() is not empty.
&lt;p&gt; If no prefix is set, &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#prefix"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;() returns a null string.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#suffix-prop"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setPrefix"&gt;setPrefix&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#prefix"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::specialValueText</name>
    <doc href="qspinbox.html#specialValueText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the special-value text.
&lt;p&gt;If set, the spin box will display this text instead of a numeric value
whenever the current value is equal to minVal(). Typical use is to indicate
that this choice has a special (default) meaning.
&lt;p&gt; For example, if your spin box allows the user to choose the
margin width in a print dialog and your application is able to
automatically choose a good margin width, you can set up the spin
box like this:
&lt;pre&gt;
    QSpinBox marginBox( -1, 20, 1, parent, "marginBox" );
    marginBox-&amp;gt;&lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setSuffix"&gt;setSuffix&lt;/a&gt;( " mm" );
    marginBox-&amp;gt;&lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setSpecialValueText"&gt;setSpecialValueText&lt;/a&gt;( "Auto" );
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
The user will then be able to choose a margin width from 0-20
millimeters or select "Auto" to leave it to the application to
choose.  Your code must then interpret the spin box value of -1 as
the user requesting automatic margin width.
&lt;p&gt; All values are displayed with the &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#prefix"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#suffix"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;() (if set), &lt;em&gt;except&lt;/em&gt; for the special value, which only shows the special value text.
&lt;p&gt; To turn off the special-value text display, call this function with
an empty string. The default is no special-value text, i.e. the
numeric value is shown as usual.
&lt;p&gt; If no special-value text is set, &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#specialValueText"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;() returns a null
string.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setSpecialValueText"&gt;setSpecialValueText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#specialValueText"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::suffix</name>
    <doc href="qspinbox.html#suffix-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the suffix of the spin box.
&lt;p&gt;The suffix is appended to the end of the displayed value.  Typical
use is to indicate the unit of measurement to the user. For example:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
    sb-&amp;gt;setSuffix( " km" );
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; To turn off the suffix display, set this property to an empty
string. The default is no suffix. The suffix is not displayed for
the &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;() if &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#specialValueText"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;() is not empty.
&lt;p&gt; If no suffix is set, &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#suffix"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;() returns a null string.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#prefix-prop"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setSuffix"&gt;setSuffix&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#suffix"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::text</name>
    <doc href="qspinbox.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text of the spin box, including any &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#prefix"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#suffix"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;There is no default text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#value-prop"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::value</name>
    <doc href="qspinbox.html#value-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the value of the spin box.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setValue"&gt;setValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#value"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setValue"&gt;QRangeControl::setValue&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::wrapping</name>
    <doc href="qspinbox.html#wrapping-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether it is possible to step the value from the highest value to the lowest value and vice versa.
&lt;p&gt;By default, wrapping is turned off.
&lt;p&gt; If you have a range of 0..100 and wrapping is off when the user
reaches 100 and presses the Up Arrow nothing will happen; but if
wrapping is on the value will change from 100 to 0, then to 1, etc.
When wrapping is on, navigating past the highest value takes you to
the lowest and vice versa.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#minValue-prop"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#setWrapping"&gt;setWrapping&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qspinbox.html#wrapping"&gt;wrapping&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSplitter::orientation</name>
    <doc href="qsplitter.html#orientation-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the orientation of the splitter.
&lt;p&gt;By default the orientation is horizontal (the widgets are side by side).
The possible orientations are Qt:Vertical and Qt::Horizontal (the default).
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qsplitter.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qsplitter.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSqlDatabase::databaseName</name>
    <doc href="qsqldatabase.html#databaseName-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the name of the database or the TNS Service Name for the QOCI8 (Oracle) driver.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default value.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qsqldatabase.html#setDatabaseName"&gt;setDatabaseName&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qsqldatabase.html#databaseName"&gt;databaseName&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSqlDatabase::hostName</name>
    <doc href="qsqldatabase.html#hostName-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the host name where the database resides.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default value.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qsqldatabase.html#setHostName"&gt;setHostName&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qsqldatabase.html#hostName"&gt;hostName&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSqlDatabase::password</name>
    <doc href="qsqldatabase.html#password-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the password used to connect to the database.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default value.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qsqldatabase.html#setPassword"&gt;setPassword&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qsqldatabase.html#password"&gt;password&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSqlDatabase::port</name>
    <doc href="qsqldatabase.html#port-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the port used to connect to the database.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default value.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qsqldatabase.html#setPort"&gt;setPort&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qsqldatabase.html#port"&gt;port&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSqlDatabase::userName</name>
    <doc href="qsqldatabase.html#userName-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the user name connected to the database.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default value.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qsqldatabase.html#setUserName"&gt;setUserName&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qsqldatabase.html#userName"&gt;userName&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QStatusBar::sizeGripEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qstatusbar.html#sizeGripEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the &lt;a href="qsizegrip.html"&gt;QSizeGrip&lt;/a&gt; in the bottom right of the status bar is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;Enables or disables the QSizeGrip in the bottom right of the status bar.
By default, the size grip is enabled.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qstatusbar.html#setSizeGripEnabled"&gt;setSizeGripEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qstatusbar.html#isSizeGripEnabled"&gt;isSizeGripEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabBar::count</name>
    <doc href="qtabbar.html#count-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of tabs in the tab bar.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#tab"&gt;tab&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabBar::currentTab</name>
    <doc href="qtabbar.html#currentTab-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the id of the currently visible tab in the tab bar.
&lt;p&gt;If no tab page is currently visible, -1 will be the current value
for this property.
Even if the property value is not -1, you cannot assume that
the user can see the relevant page, or that the tab is enabled.
When you need to display something the value of this property
represents the best page to display.
&lt;p&gt; When this property is set to &lt;em&gt;id&lt;/em&gt;, it will raise the tab with the
id &lt;em&gt;id&lt;/em&gt; and emit the &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#selected"&gt;selected&lt;/a&gt;() signal.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#selected"&gt;selected&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#isTabEnabled"&gt;isTabEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#setCurrentTab"&gt;setCurrentTab&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#currentTab"&gt;currentTab&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabBar::keyboardFocusTab</name>
    <doc href="qtabbar.html#keyboardFocusTab-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the id of the tab that currently has the keyboard focus.
&lt;p&gt;This property contains the id of the tab that currently has the
keyboard focus. If the tab bar does not have keyboard focus, the
value of this property will be -1.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#keyboardFocusTab"&gt;keyboardFocusTab&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabBar::shape</name>
    <doc href="qtabbar.html#shape-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the shape of the tabs in the tab bar.
&lt;p&gt;The value of this property can be one of the following:
&lt;a href="qtabbar.html#Shape-enum"&gt;RoundedAbove&lt;/a&gt; (default), &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#Shape-enum"&gt;RoundedBelow&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#Shape-enum"&gt;TriangularAbove&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#Shape-enum"&gt;TriangularBelow&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#Shape-enum"&gt;Shape&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#setShape"&gt;setShape&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#shape"&gt;shape&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabWidget::count</name>
    <doc href="qtabwidget.html#count-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of tabs in the tab bar.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabwidget.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabWidget::currentPage</name>
    <doc href="qtabwidget.html#currentPage-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the index position of the current tab page.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabwidget.html#setCurrentPage"&gt;setCurrentPage&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabwidget.html#currentPageIndex"&gt;currentPageIndex&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtabbar.html#currentTab-prop"&gt;QTabBar::currentTab&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabWidget::margin</name>
    <doc href="qtabwidget.html#margin-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the margin in this tab widget.
&lt;p&gt;The margin is the distance between the innermost pixel of the frame
and the outermost pixel of the pages.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabwidget.html#setMargin"&gt;setMargin&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabwidget.html#margin"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabWidget::tabPosition</name>
    <doc href="qtabwidget.html#tabPosition-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the position of the tabs in this tab widget.
&lt;p&gt;Possible values for this property are QTabWidget::Top and
QTabWidget::Bottom.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtabwidget.html#TabPosition-enum"&gt;TabPosition&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabwidget.html#setTabPosition"&gt;setTabPosition&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabwidget.html#tabPosition"&gt;tabPosition&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabWidget::tabShape</name>
    <doc href="qtabwidget.html#tabShape-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the shape of the tabs in this tab widget.
&lt;p&gt;Possible values for this property are QTabWidget::Rounded (default) or
QTabWidget::Triangular.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtabwidget.html#TabShape-enum"&gt;TabShape&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabwidget.html#setTabShape"&gt;setTabShape&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtabwidget.html#tabShape"&gt;tabShape&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::columnMovingEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qtable.html#columnMovingEnabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether columns can be moved by the user.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtable.html#rowMovingEnabled-prop"&gt;rowMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#setColumnMovingEnabled"&gt;setColumnMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#columnMovingEnabled"&gt;columnMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::focusStyle</name>
    <doc href="qtable.html#focusStyle-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds how the current (focus) cell is drawn.
&lt;p&gt;The default style is &lt;a href="qtable.html#FocusStyle-enum"&gt;SpreadSheet&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtable.html#FocusStyle-enum"&gt;QTable::FocusStyle&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#setFocusStyle"&gt;setFocusStyle&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#focusStyle"&gt;focusStyle&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::numCols</name>
    <doc href="qtable.html#numCols-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns in the table.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#setNumCols"&gt;setNumCols&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#numCols"&gt;numCols&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtable.html#numRows-prop"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::numRows</name>
    <doc href="qtable.html#numRows-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of rows in the table.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#setNumRows"&gt;setNumRows&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#numRows"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtable.html#numCols-prop"&gt;numCols&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::readOnly</name>
    <doc href="qtable.html#readOnly-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the table is read-only.
&lt;p&gt;Whether a cell in the table is editable or read-only depends on the
cell's EditType, and this setting:
see &lt;a href="qtableitem.html#wheneditable"&gt;QTableItem::EditType&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#enabled-prop"&gt;QWidget::enabled&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qtable.html#setColumnReadOnly"&gt;setColumnReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qtable.html#setRowReadOnly"&gt;setRowReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#setReadOnly"&gt;setReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#isReadOnly"&gt;isReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::rowMovingEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qtable.html#rowMovingEnabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether rows can be moved by the user.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtable.html#columnMovingEnabled-prop"&gt;columnMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#setRowMovingEnabled"&gt;setRowMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#rowMovingEnabled"&gt;rowMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::selectionMode</name>
    <doc href="qtable.html#selectionMode-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the current selection mode.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is &lt;a href="qtable.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Multi&lt;/a&gt; which allows the user to select multiple
ranges of cells.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtable.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;SelectionMode&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qtable.html#selectionMode-prop"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#setSelectionMode"&gt;setSelectionMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#selectionMode"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::showGrid</name>
    <doc href="qtable.html#showGrid-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the table's grid is displayed.
&lt;p&gt;The grid is shown by default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#setShowGrid"&gt;setShowGrid&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#showGrid"&gt;showGrid&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::sorting</name>
    <doc href="qtable.html#sorting-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether a click on the header of a column sorts that column.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#setSorting"&gt;setSorting&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtable.html#sorting"&gt;sorting&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtable.html#sortColumn"&gt;sortColumn&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextBrowser::source</name>
    <doc href="qtextbrowser.html#source-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the name of the currently displayed document.
&lt;p&gt;This is a null string if no document is displayed or
the source is unknown.
&lt;p&gt; Setting this property uses the mimeSourceFactory to lookup the
named document. It also checks for optional anchors and scrolls the
document accordingly.
&lt;p&gt; If the first tag in the document is &lt;tt&gt;&amp;lt;qt type=detail&amp;gt;&lt;/tt&gt;, the document
is displayed as a popup rather than as new document in the browser
window itself. Otherwise, the document is displayed normally in the
text browser with the text set to the contents of the named document
with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; If you are using the filesystem access capabilities of the mime
source factory, you must ensure that the factory knows about the
encoding of specified files; otherwise no data will be
available. The default factory handles a couple of common file
extensions such as &lt;tt&gt;*.html&lt;/tt&gt; and &lt;tt&gt;*.txt&lt;/tt&gt; with reasonable defaults. See
&lt;a href="qmimesourcefactory.html#data"&gt;QMimeSourceFactory::data&lt;/a&gt;() for details.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextbrowser.html#setSource"&gt;setSource&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextbrowser.html#source"&gt;source&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::documentTitle</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#documentTitle-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the title of the document parsed from the text.
&lt;p&gt;For &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;PlainText&lt;/a&gt; the title will be an empty string. For &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;RichText&lt;/a&gt;
the title will be the text between the &lt;tt&gt;&amp;lt;title&amp;gt;&lt;/tt&gt; tags, if present,
otherwise an empty string.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#documentTitle"&gt;documentTitle&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::hasSelectedText</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether some text is selected in selection 0.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#hasSelectedText"&gt;hasSelectedText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::length</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#length-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of characters in the text.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#length"&gt;length&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::linkUnderline</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#linkUnderline-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether hypertext links will be underlined.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE (the default) hypertext links will be displayed underlined.
If FALSE links will not be displayed underlined.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setLinkUnderline"&gt;setLinkUnderline&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#linkUnderline"&gt;linkUnderline&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::modified</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#modified-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the document has been modified by the user.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setModified"&gt;setModified&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#isModified"&gt;isModified&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::overwriteMode</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#overwriteMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text edit's overwrite mode.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE (the default) characters entered by the user are inserted
with any characters to the right being moved out of the way.
If TRUE, the editor is in overwrite mode, i.e. characters entered by
the user overwrite any characters to the right of the cursor position.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setOverwriteMode"&gt;setOverwriteMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#isOverwriteMode"&gt;isOverwriteMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::paper</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#paper-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the background (paper) brush.
&lt;p&gt;The brush that is currently used to draw the background of the
text edit. The initial setting is an empty brush.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setPaper"&gt;setPaper&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#paper"&gt;paper&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::readOnly</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#readOnly-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the text edit is read-only.
&lt;p&gt;In a read-only text edit the user can only navigate through the text
and select text; modifying the text is not possible.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setReadOnly"&gt;setReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#isReadOnly"&gt;isReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::selectedText</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#selectedText-prop">&lt;p&gt;This property holds the selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if there is no currently selected text (in selection 0).
&lt;p&gt;The text is always returned as &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;PlainText&lt;/a&gt; regardless of the text
format. In a future version of Qt an HTML subset &lt;em&gt;may&lt;/em&gt; be returned
depending on the text format.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop"&gt;hasSelectedText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#selectedText"&gt;selectedText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::tabStopWidth</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#tabStopWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the tab stop width in pixels.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setTabStopWidth"&gt;setTabStopWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#tabStopWidth"&gt;tabStopWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::text</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text edit's text.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default text.
&lt;p&gt; On setting, any previous text is deleted.
&lt;p&gt; The text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
depending on the &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#textFormat"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;(). The default setting is &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;AutoText&lt;/a&gt;,
i.e. the text edit autodetects the format of the text.
&lt;p&gt; For richtext, calling &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;() on an editable QTextEdit will cause the text
to be regenerated from the textedit.  This may mean that the &lt;a href="qstring.html"&gt;QString&lt;/a&gt; returned
may not be exactly the same as the one that was set.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#textFormat-prop"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::textFormat</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#textFormat-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text format: rich text, plain text or auto text.
&lt;p&gt;The text format is one of the following:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; PlainText - all characters, except newlines, are displayed
verbatim, including spaces. Whenever a newline appears in the text the
text edit inserts a hard line break and begins a new paragraph.
&lt;li&gt; RichText - rich text rendering. The available styles are
defined in the default stylesheet &lt;a href="qstylesheet.html#defaultSheet"&gt;QStyleSheet::defaultSheet&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;li&gt; AutoText - this is the default. The text edit autodetects
which rendering style is best, &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;PlainText&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;RichText&lt;/a&gt;. This is
done by using the &lt;a href="qstylesheet.html#mightBeRichText"&gt;QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText&lt;/a&gt;() function.
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setTextFormat"&gt;setTextFormat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#textFormat"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::undoDepth</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#undoDepth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the depth of the undo history.
&lt;p&gt;The maximum number of steps in the undo/redo history.
The default is 100.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#undo"&gt;undo&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#redo"&gt;redo&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setUndoDepth"&gt;setUndoDepth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#undoDepth"&gt;undoDepth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::undoRedoEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#undoRedoEnabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether undo/redo is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setUndoRedoEnabled"&gt;setUndoRedoEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#isUndoRedoEnabled"&gt;isUndoRedoEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::wordWrap</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#wordWrap-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the word wrap mode.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;WidgetWidth&lt;/a&gt; which causes words to be wrapped
at the right edge of the text edit. Wrapping occurs at whitespace,
keeping whole words intact. If you want wrapping to occur within
words use &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setWrapPolicy"&gt;setWrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;(). If you set a wrap mode of &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;FixedPixelWidth&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;FixedColumnWidth&lt;/a&gt; you should also call
&lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setWrapColumnOrWidth"&gt;setWrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt;() with the width you want.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;WordWrap&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth-prop"&gt;wrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#wrapPolicy-prop"&gt;wrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setWordWrap"&gt;setWordWrap&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#wordWrap"&gt;wordWrap&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the position (in pixels or columns depending on the wrap mode) where text will be wrapped.
&lt;p&gt;If the wrap mode is &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;FixedPixelWidth&lt;/a&gt;, the value is the number
of pixels from the left edge of the text edit at which text should
be wrapped. If the wrap mode is &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;FixedColumnWidth&lt;/a&gt;, the value is
the column number (in character columns) from the left edge of the
text edit at which text should be wrapped.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#wordWrap-prop"&gt;wordWrap&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setWrapColumnOrWidth"&gt;setWrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth"&gt;wrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::wrapPolicy</name>
    <doc href="qtextedit.html#wrapPolicy-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the word wrap policy, at whitespace or anywhere.
&lt;p&gt;Defines where text can be wrapped when word wrap mode is not
&lt;a href="qtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;NoWrap&lt;/a&gt;. The choices are &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#WrapPolicy-enum"&gt;AtWhiteSpace&lt;/a&gt; (the default) and &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#WrapPolicy-enum"&gt;Anywhere&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#wordWrap-prop"&gt;wordWrap&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#setWrapPolicy"&gt;setWrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtextedit.html#wrapPolicy"&gt;wrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTimeEdit::autoAdvance</name>
    <doc href="qtimeedit.html#autoAdvance-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the editor automatically advances to the next section.
&lt;p&gt;If autoAdvance is TRUE, the editor will automatically advance focus
to the next time section if a user has completed a section. The
default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setAutoAdvance"&gt;setAutoAdvance&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#autoAdvance"&gt;autoAdvance&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTimeEdit::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum time value.
&lt;p&gt;Setting the maximum time value is equivalent to calling
&lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setRange"&gt;QTimeEdit::setRange&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt; ), where &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt; is the
maximum time. The default maximum time is 23:59:59.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTimeEdit::minValue</name>
    <doc href="qtimeedit.html#minValue-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the minimum time value.
&lt;p&gt;Setting the minimum time value is equivalent to calling
&lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setRange"&gt;QTimeEdit::setRange&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;() ), where &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt; is the
minimum time. The default minimum time is 00:00:00.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTimeEdit::time</name>
    <doc href="qtimeedit.html#time-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the time value of the editor.
&lt;p&gt;When changing the time property, if the time is less than &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;(),
or is greater than &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;(), nothing happens.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setTime"&gt;setTime&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#time"&gt;time&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolBar::label</name>
    <doc href="qtoolbar.html#label-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label of the toolbar.
&lt;p&gt;If the toolbar is floated the label becomes the toolbar window's
caption. There is no default label text.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbar.html#setLabel"&gt;setLabel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbar.html#label"&gt;label&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::autoRaise</name>
    <doc href="qtoolbutton.html#autoRaise-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether auto-raising is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;The default is disabled (i.e. FALSE).

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#setAutoRaise"&gt;setAutoRaise&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#autoRaise"&gt;autoRaise&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::iconSet</name>
    <doc href="qtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the icon set providing the icon shown on the button.
&lt;p&gt;Setting this property sets &lt;a href="qbutton.html#pixmap-prop"&gt;QToolButton::pixmap&lt;/a&gt; to a null pixmap.
There is no default iconset.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qbutton.html#pixmap-prop"&gt;pixmap&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#toggleButton-prop"&gt;toggleButton&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#on-prop"&gt;on&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#setIconSet"&gt;setIconSet&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#iconSet"&gt;iconSet&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::offIconSet</name>
    <doc href="qtoolbutton.html#offIconSet-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the icon set that is used when the button is in an "off" state.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; Since Qt 3.0, &lt;a href="qiconset.html"&gt;QIconSet&lt;/a&gt; contains both the On and Off icons. There is
now an &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::iconSet&lt;/a&gt; property that replaces both &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#onIconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::onIconSet&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#offIconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::offIconSet&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; For ease of porting, this property is a synonym for &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::iconSet&lt;/a&gt;. You probably want to go over your application
code and use the QIconSet On/Off mechanism.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;iconSet&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qiconset.html#State-enum"&gt;QIconSet::State&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#setOffIconSet"&gt;setOffIconSet&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#offIconSet"&gt;offIconSet&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::onIconSet</name>
    <doc href="qtoolbutton.html#onIconSet-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the icon set that is used when the button is in an "on" state.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; Since Qt 3.0, &lt;a href="qiconset.html"&gt;QIconSet&lt;/a&gt; contains both the On and Off icons. There is
now an &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::iconSet&lt;/a&gt; property that replaces both &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#onIconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::onIconSet&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#offIconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::offIconSet&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; For ease of porting, this property is a synonym for &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::iconSet&lt;/a&gt;. You probably want to go over your application
code and use the QIconSet On/Off mechanism.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;iconSet&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qiconset.html#State-enum"&gt;QIconSet::State&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#setOnIconSet"&gt;setOnIconSet&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#onIconSet"&gt;onIconSet&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::popupDelay</name>
    <doc href="qtoolbutton.html#popupDelay-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the time delay between pressing the button and the appearance of the associated popup menu in milliseconds.
&lt;p&gt;Usually this is around half a second. A value of 0 will add a
special section to the toolbutton that can be used to open the
popupmenu.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#setPopup"&gt;setPopup&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#setPopupDelay"&gt;setPopupDelay&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#popupDelay"&gt;popupDelay&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::textLabel</name>
    <doc href="qtoolbutton.html#textLabel-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label of this button.
&lt;p&gt;Setting this property automatically sets the text as tool tip too.
There is no default text.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#setTextLabel"&gt;setTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#textLabel"&gt;textLabel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::usesBigPixmap</name>
    <doc href="qtoolbutton.html#usesBigPixmap-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this toolbutton uses big pixmaps.
&lt;p&gt;QToolButton automatically connects this property to the relevant signal
in the &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html"&gt;QMainWindow&lt;/a&gt; in which it resides.  We strongly recommend that
you use &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html#setUsesBigPixmaps"&gt;QMainWindow::setUsesBigPixmaps&lt;/a&gt;() instead.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; If you set some buttons (in a QMainWindow) to have big pixmaps and
others to have small pixmaps, QMainWindow may not get the geometry
right.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#setUsesBigPixmap"&gt;setUsesBigPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#usesBigPixmap"&gt;usesBigPixmap&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::usesTextLabel</name>
    <doc href="qtoolbutton.html#usesTextLabel-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the toolbutton displays a text label below the button pixmap.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; QToolButton automatically connects this slot to the relevant signal
in the &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html"&gt;QMainWindow&lt;/a&gt; in which is resides.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#setUsesTextLabel"&gt;setUsesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html#usesTextLabel"&gt;usesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolTipGroup::delay</name>
    <doc href="qtooltipgroup.html#delay-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the display of the group text is delayed.
&lt;p&gt;If set to TRUE (the default), the group text is displayed at the time of
the tool tip.  Otherwise, the group text is displayed immediately when the
cursor enters the widget.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtooltipgroup.html#setDelay"&gt;setDelay&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtooltipgroup.html#delay"&gt;delay&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolTipGroup::enabled</name>
    <doc href="qtooltipgroup.html#enabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether tool tips in the group are enabled.
&lt;p&gt;This property's default is TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtooltipgroup.html#setEnabled"&gt;setEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtooltipgroup.html#enabled"&gt;enabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::acceptDrops</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#acceptDrops-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether drop events are enabled for this widget.
&lt;p&gt;Setting this property to TRUE announces to the system that this
widget &lt;em&gt;may&lt;/em&gt; be able to accept drop events.
&lt;p&gt; If the widgets is the desktop (&lt;a href="qwidget.html#isDesktop"&gt;QWidget::isDesktop&lt;/a&gt;()), this may fail
if another application is using the desktop; you can call
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#acceptDrops"&gt;acceptDrops&lt;/a&gt;() to test if this occurs.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setAcceptDrops"&gt;setAcceptDrops&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#acceptDrops"&gt;acceptDrops&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::autoMask</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#autoMask-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget.
&lt;p&gt;Transparent widgets use a mask to define their visible region.
QWidget has some built-in support to make the task of recalculating
the mask easier. When setting auto mask to TRUE, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#updateMask"&gt;updateMask&lt;/a&gt;() will
be called whenever the widget is resized or changes its focus
state. Note that you must reimplement updateMask() (which should
include a call to &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setMask"&gt;setMask&lt;/a&gt;()) or nothing will happen.
&lt;p&gt; Note: when you re-implement &lt;a href="qwidget.html#resizeEvent"&gt;resizeEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#focusInEvent"&gt;focusInEvent&lt;/a&gt;() or
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#focusOutEvent"&gt;focusOutEvent&lt;/a&gt;() in your custom widgets and still want to ensure
that the auto mask calculation works, you should add:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
    if ( &lt;a href="qwidget.html#autoMask"&gt;autoMask&lt;/a&gt;() )
        &lt;a href="qwidget.html#updateMask"&gt;updateMask&lt;/a&gt;();
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; at the end of your event handlers. This is true for all member
functions that change the appearance of the widget in a way that
requires a recalculation of the mask.
&lt;p&gt; While being a technically appealing concept, masks have a big
drawback: when using complex masks that cannot be expressed easily
with relatively simple regions, they can be very slow on some
window systems. The classic example is a transparent label. The
complex shape of its contents makes it necessary to represent its
mask by a bitmap, which consumes both memory and time.  If all you
want is to blend the background of several neighboring widgets
together seamlessly, you will probably want to use
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setBackgroundOrigin"&gt;setBackgroundOrigin&lt;/a&gt;() rather than a mask.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#autoMask-prop"&gt;autoMask&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#updateMask"&gt;updateMask&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setMask"&gt;setMask&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#clearMask"&gt;clearMask&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop"&gt;backgroundOrigin&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setAutoMask"&gt;setAutoMask&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#autoMask"&gt;autoMask&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::backgroundBrush</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#backgroundBrush-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's background brush.
&lt;p&gt;The background brush depends on a widget's palette and its
background mode.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#backgroundColor"&gt;backgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#backgroundPixmap"&gt;backgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#eraseColor"&gt;eraseColor&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qapplication.html#setPalette"&gt;QApplication::setPalette&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#backgroundBrush"&gt;backgroundBrush&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::backgroundMode</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the color role used for painting the background of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;setPaletteBackgroundColor() reads this property to determine which entry of
the &lt;a href="qwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt; to set.
&lt;p&gt; For most widgets the default suffices (PaletteBackground, typically
gray), but some need to use PaletteBase (the background color for
text output, typically white) or another role.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="qlistbox.html"&gt;QListBox&lt;/a&gt;, which is "sunken" and uses the base color to contrast with
its environment, does this in its constructor:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setBackgroundMode"&gt;setBackgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;a href="qt.html#BackgroundMode-enum"&gt;PaletteBase&lt;/a&gt; );
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; You will never need to set the background mode of a built-in widget
in Qt, but you might consider setting it in your custom widgets, so
that &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;() works as expected.
&lt;p&gt; Note that two of the BackgroundMode values make no sense for
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setBackgroundMode"&gt;setBackgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;(), namely FixedPixmap and FixedColor. You have to
call &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setBackgroundPixmap"&gt;setBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and setPaletteBackgroundColor() instead.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setBackgroundMode"&gt;setBackgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#backgroundMode"&gt;backgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::backgroundOrigin</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the origin of the widget's background.
&lt;p&gt;The origin is either WidgetOrigin (the default), ParentOrigin or
WindowOrigin.
&lt;p&gt; This makes a difference only if the widget has a background pixmap,
in which case positioning matters. Using WindowOrigin for several
neighboring widgets makes the background blend together seamlessly.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#backgroundPixmap"&gt;backgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop"&gt;backgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setBackgroundOrigin"&gt;setBackgroundOrigin&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#backgroundOrigin"&gt;backgroundOrigin&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::baseSize</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#baseSize-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the base size of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;The base size is used to calculate a proper widget size in case the
widget defines &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizeIncrement"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setBaseSize"&gt;setBaseSize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#baseSize"&gt;baseSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::caption</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#caption-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the window caption (title).
&lt;p&gt;This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no caption
has been set, the caption is QString::null.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#icon-prop"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#iconText-prop"&gt;iconText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setCaption"&gt;setCaption&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#caption"&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::childrenRect</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#childrenRect-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the bounding rectangle of the widget's children.
&lt;p&gt;Hidden children are excluded.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop"&gt;childrenRegion&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#childrenRect"&gt;childrenRect&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::childrenRegion</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the combined region occupied by the widget's children.
&lt;p&gt;Hidden children are excluded.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#childrenRect-prop"&gt;childrenRect&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#childrenRegion"&gt;childrenRegion&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::colorGroup</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#colorGroup-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the current color group of the widget palette.
&lt;p&gt;The color group is determined by the state of the widget. A
disabled widget has the &lt;a href="qpalette.html#disabled"&gt;QPalette::disabled&lt;/a&gt;() color group, a widget
with keyboard focus has the &lt;a href="qpalette.html#active"&gt;QPalette::active&lt;/a&gt;() color group, and an
inactive widget has the &lt;a href="qpalette.html#inactive"&gt;QPalette::inactive&lt;/a&gt;() color group.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#colorGroup"&gt;colorGroup&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::cursor</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#cursor-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the cursor shape for this widget.
&lt;p&gt;The mouse cursor will assume this shape when it's over this widget.
See the &lt;a href="qt.html#CursorShape-enum"&gt;list of predefined cursor
  objects&lt;/a&gt; for a range of useful shapes.
&lt;p&gt; An editor widget would for example use an I-beam cursor:
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setCursor"&gt;setCursor&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;a href="qt.html#CursorShape-enum"&gt;IbeamCursor&lt;/a&gt; );
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; If no cursor has been set, or after a call to &lt;a href="qwidget.html#unsetCursor"&gt;unsetCursor&lt;/a&gt;(), the
parent's cursor is used. The function unsetCursor() has no effect
on top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qapplication.html#setOverrideCursor"&gt;QApplication::setOverrideCursor&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setCursor"&gt;setCursor&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#cursor"&gt;cursor&lt;/a&gt;() and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#unsetCursor"&gt;unsetCursor&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::customWhatsThis</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#customWhatsThis-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget wants to handle What's This help manually.
&lt;p&gt;The default implementation of &lt;a href="qwidget.html#customWhatsThis"&gt;customWhatsThis&lt;/a&gt;() returns FALSE,
which means the widget will not receive any events in Whats This
mode.
&lt;p&gt; The widget may leave What's This mode by calling
&lt;a href="qwhatsthis.html#leaveWhatsThisMode"&gt;QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode&lt;/a&gt;(), with or without actually
displaying any help text.
&lt;p&gt; You can also reimplement customWhatsThis() if your widget is a
"passive interactor" supposed to work under all circumstances.
Simply don't call QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode() in that case.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwhatsthis.html#inWhatsThisMode"&gt;QWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwhatsthis.html#leaveWhatsThisMode"&gt;QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#customWhatsThis"&gt;customWhatsThis&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::enabled</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#enabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;An enabled widget receives keyboard and mouse events; a disabled
widget does not. In fact, an enabled widget only receives keyboard
events when it is in focus.
&lt;p&gt; Some widgets display themselves differently when they are disabled.
For example a button might draw its label grayed out. If your widget
needs to know when it becomes enabled or disabled, you can
reimplement the &lt;a href="qwidget.html#enabledChange"&gt;enabledChange&lt;/a&gt;() function.
&lt;p&gt; Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling
respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been
explicitly disabled.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#enabled-prop"&gt;enabled&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isEnabledTo"&gt;isEnabledTo&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qkeyevent.html"&gt;QKeyEvent&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qmouseevent.html"&gt;QMouseEvent&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#enabledChange"&gt;enabledChange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setEnabled"&gt;setEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isEnabled"&gt;isEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::focus</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#focus-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard input focus.
&lt;p&gt;Effectively equivalent to &lt;tt&gt;qApp-&amp;gt;focusWidget() == this&lt;/tt&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setFocus"&gt;setFocus&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#clearFocus"&gt;clearFocus&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop"&gt;focusPolicy&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qapplication.html#focusWidget"&gt;QApplication::focusWidget&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#hasFocus"&gt;hasFocus&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::focusEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget accepts keyboard focus.
&lt;p&gt;Keyboard focus is initially disabled (i.e. &lt;a href="qwidget.html#focusPolicy"&gt;focusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;() ==
QWidget::NoFocus).
&lt;p&gt; You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes keyboard
events.  This is normally done from the widget's constructor.  For
instance, the &lt;a href="qlineedit.html"&gt;QLineEdit&lt;/a&gt; constructor calls
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setFocusPolicy"&gt;setFocusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;(QWidget::StrongFocus).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop"&gt;focusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#focusInEvent"&gt;focusInEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#focusOutEvent"&gt;focusOutEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#keyPressEvent"&gt;keyPressEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent"&gt;keyReleaseEvent&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#enabled-prop"&gt;enabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isFocusEnabled"&gt;isFocusEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::focusPolicy</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the way the widget accepts keyboard focus.
&lt;p&gt;The policy is QWidget::TabFocus if the widget accepts keyboard
focus by tabbing, QWidget::ClickFocus if the widget accepts focus
by clicking, QWidget::StrongFocus if it accepts both and
QWidget::NoFocus if it does not accept focus at all (the default
for QWidget).
&lt;p&gt; You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes
keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's
constructor. For instance, the &lt;a href="qlineedit.html"&gt;QLineEdit&lt;/a&gt; constructor calls
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setFocusPolicy"&gt;setFocusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;(QWidget::StrongFocus).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop"&gt;focusEnabled&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#focusInEvent"&gt;focusInEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#focusOutEvent"&gt;focusOutEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#keyPressEvent"&gt;keyPressEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent"&gt;keyReleaseEvent&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#enabled-prop"&gt;enabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setFocusPolicy"&gt;setFocusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#focusPolicy"&gt;focusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::font</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#font-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the font currently set for the widget.
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href="qwidget.html#fontInfo"&gt;fontInfo&lt;/a&gt;() function reports the actual font that is being used by the
widget.
&lt;p&gt; As long as no special font has been set, or after &lt;a href="qwidget.html#unsetFont"&gt;unsetFont&lt;/a&gt;() is
called, this is either a special font for the widget class, the
parent's font or (if this widget is a top level widget) the default
application font.
&lt;p&gt; This code fragment sets a 12 point helvetica bold font:
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="qfont.html"&gt;QFont&lt;/a&gt; f( "Helvetica", 12, QFont::Bold );
    &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setFont"&gt;setFont&lt;/a&gt;( f );
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; Apart from setting the font, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setFont"&gt;setFont&lt;/a&gt;() informs all children about
the change.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#fontChange"&gt;fontChange&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#fontInfo"&gt;fontInfo&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#fontMetrics"&gt;fontMetrics&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#ownFont-prop"&gt;ownFont&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setFont"&gt;setFont&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#font"&gt;font&lt;/a&gt;() and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#unsetFont"&gt;unsetFont&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::frameGeometry</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#x-prop"&gt;x&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#y-prop"&gt;y&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#pos-prop"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#frameGeometry"&gt;frameGeometry&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::frameSize</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#frameSize-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the size of the widget including any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#frameSize"&gt;frameSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::geometry</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#geometry-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and excluding the window frame.
&lt;p&gt;When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible, receives a move
event (&lt;a href="qwidget.html#moveEvent"&gt;moveEvent&lt;/a&gt;()) and/or a resize event (&lt;a href="qwidget.html#resizeEvent"&gt;resizeEvent&lt;/a&gt;())
immediately. If the widget is not currently visible, it is
guaranteed to receive appropriate events before it is shown.
&lt;p&gt; The size component is adjusted if it lies outside the range defined
by &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setGeometry"&gt;setGeometry&lt;/a&gt;() is virtual, and all other overloaded setGeometry()
implementations in Qt call it.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; If you call setGeometry() from resizeEvent() or
moveEvent(), you may experience infinite recursion.
&lt;p&gt; See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop"&gt;frameGeometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#rect-prop"&gt;rect&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#pos-prop"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#moveEvent"&gt;moveEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#resizeEvent"&gt;resizeEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setGeometry"&gt;setGeometry&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#geometry"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::height</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#height-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the height of the widget excluding any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#width-prop"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#height"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::hidden</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#hidden-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is explicitly hidden.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE, the widget is visible or would become visible if all its
ancestors became visible.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#hide"&gt;hide&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#visible-prop"&gt;visible&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isVisibleTo"&gt;isVisibleTo&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isHidden"&gt;isHidden&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::icon</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#icon-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget icon pixmap.
&lt;p&gt;This property makes sense only for top-level widgets. If no icon
has been set, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#icon"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt;() returns 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#iconText-prop"&gt;iconText&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#caption-prop"&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="appicon.html"&gt;Setting the Application Icon&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setIcon"&gt;setIcon&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#icon"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::iconText</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#iconText-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget icon text.
&lt;p&gt;This property makes sense only for top-level widgets. If no icon
text has been set, this functions returns QString::null.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#icon-prop"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#caption-prop"&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setIconText"&gt;setIconText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#iconText"&gt;iconText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::isActiveWindow</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#isActiveWindow-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this widget is the active window or a child of it.
&lt;p&gt;The active window is the window that has keyboard focus.
&lt;p&gt; When popup windows are visible, this property is TRUE for both the
active window &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; for the popup.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setActiveWindow"&gt;setActiveWindow&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qapplication.html#activeWindow"&gt;QApplication::activeWindow&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isActiveWindow"&gt;isActiveWindow&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::isDesktop</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#isDesktop-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is a desktop widget.
&lt;p&gt;A desktop widget is also a top-level widget.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop"&gt;isTopLevel&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qapplication.html#desktop"&gt;QApplication::desktop&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isDesktop"&gt;isDesktop&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::isDialog</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#isDialog-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is a dialog widget.
&lt;p&gt;A dialog widget is a secondary top-level widget.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop"&gt;isTopLevel&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdialog.html"&gt;QDialog&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isDialog"&gt;isDialog&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::isModal</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#isModal-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is a modal widget.
&lt;p&gt;This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. A modal
widget prevents widgets in all other top-level widgets from getting
any input.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop"&gt;isTopLevel&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isDialog-prop"&gt;isDialog&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdialog.html"&gt;QDialog&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isModal"&gt;isModal&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::isPopup</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#isPopup-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is a popup widget.
&lt;p&gt;A popup widget is created by specifying the widget flag &lt;a href="qt.html#WidgetFlags-enum"&gt;WType_Popup&lt;/a&gt; to the widget constructor. A popup widget is also a
top-level widget.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop"&gt;isTopLevel&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isPopup"&gt;isPopup&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::isTopLevel</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is a top-level widget.
&lt;p&gt;A top-level widget is a widget which usually has a frame and a &lt;a href="qwidget.html#caption-prop"&gt;caption (title)&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isPopup"&gt;Popup&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isDesktop"&gt;desktop&lt;/a&gt; widgets
are also top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; A top-level widget can have a &lt;a href="qwidget.html#parentWidget"&gt;parent
  widget&lt;/a&gt;. It will then be grouped with its parent: deleted
when the parent is deleted, minimized when the parent is minimized
etc. If supported by the window manager, it will also have a common
taskbar entry with its parent.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="qdialog.html"&gt;QDialog&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qmainwindow.html"&gt;QMainWindow&lt;/a&gt; widgets are by default top-level, even if a
parent widget is specified in the constructor. This behavior is
specified by the &lt;a href="qt.html#WidgetFlags-enum"&gt;WType_TopLevel&lt;/a&gt; widget flag.
&lt;p&gt; Child widgets are the opposite of top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#topLevelWidget"&gt;topLevelWidget&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isDialog-prop"&gt;isDialog&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isModal-prop"&gt;isModal&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isPopup-prop"&gt;isPopup&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isDesktop-prop"&gt;isDesktop&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#parentWidget"&gt;parentWidget&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isTopLevel"&gt;isTopLevel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::maximumHeight</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's maximum height.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;().&lt;a href="qwidget.html#height"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop"&gt;maximumWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setMaximumHeight"&gt;setMaximumHeight&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumHeight"&gt;maximumHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::maximumSize</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's maximum size.
&lt;p&gt;The widget cannot be resized to a larger size than the maximum widget
size.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop"&gt;maximumWidth&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop"&gt;maximumHeight&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setMaximumSize"&gt;setMaximumSize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::maximumWidth</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's maximum width.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;().&lt;a href="qwidget.html#width"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop"&gt;maximumHeight&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setMaximumWidth"&gt;setMaximumWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumWidth"&gt;maximumWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::microFocusHint</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#microFocusHint-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the currently set micro focus hint for this widget.
&lt;p&gt;See the documentation of &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setMicroFocusHint"&gt;setMicroFocusHint&lt;/a&gt;() for more information.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#microFocusHint"&gt;microFocusHint&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::minimized</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#minimized-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this widget is minimized (iconified).
&lt;p&gt;This property is relevant only for top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#showMinimized"&gt;showMinimized&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#visible-prop"&gt;visible&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#hide"&gt;hide&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#showNormal"&gt;showNormal&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isMinimized"&gt;isMinimized&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::minimumHeight</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's minimum height.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;().&lt;a href="qwidget.html#height"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop"&gt;minimumWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setMinimumHeight"&gt;setMinimumHeight&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumHeight"&gt;minimumHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::minimumSize</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's minimum size.
&lt;p&gt;The widget cannot be resized to a smaller size than the minimum widget
size. The widget's size is forced to the minimum size if the current
size is smaller.
&lt;p&gt; If you use a layout inside the widget, the minimum size will be set
by the layout and not by &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setMinimumSize"&gt;setMinimumSize&lt;/a&gt;(), unless you set the
layout's resize mode to QLayout::FreeResize.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop"&gt;minimumWidth&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop"&gt;minimumHeight&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qlayout.html#resizeMode-prop"&gt;QLayout::resizeMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setMinimumSize"&gt;setMinimumSize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::minimumSizeHint</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the recommended minimum size for the widget.
&lt;p&gt;If the value of this property is an invalid size, no minimum size
is recommended.
&lt;p&gt; The default implementation of &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSizeHint"&gt;minimumSizeHint&lt;/a&gt;() returns an invalid
size if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the layout's
minimum size otherwise. Most built-in widgets reimplement
minimumSizeHint().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="qlayout.html"&gt;QLayout&lt;/a&gt; will never resize a widget to a size smaller than
minimumSizeHint.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qsize.html#isValid"&gt;QSize::isValid&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop"&gt;sizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSizeHint"&gt;minimumSizeHint&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::minimumWidth</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's minimum width.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;().&lt;a href="qwidget.html#width"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop"&gt;minimumHeight&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setMinimumWidth"&gt;setMinimumWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumWidth"&gt;minimumWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::mouseTracking</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#mouseTracking-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether mouse tracking is enabled for this widget.
&lt;p&gt;If mouse tracking is disabled (the default), this widget only
receives mouse move events when at least one mouse button is
pressed down while the mouse is being moved.
&lt;p&gt; If mouse tracking is enabled, this widget receives mouse move
events even if no buttons are pressed down.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#mouseMoveEvent"&gt;mouseMoveEvent&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qapplication.html#setGlobalMouseTracking"&gt;QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setMouseTracking"&gt;setMouseTracking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#hasMouseTracking"&gt;hasMouseTracking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::ownCursor</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#ownCursor-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget uses its own cursor.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's cursor.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#cursor-prop"&gt;cursor&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#ownCursor"&gt;ownCursor&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::ownFont</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#ownFont-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget uses its own font.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's font.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#font-prop"&gt;font&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#ownFont"&gt;ownFont&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::ownPalette</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#ownPalette-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget uses its own palette.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's palette.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#ownPalette"&gt;ownPalette&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::palette</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#palette-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's palette.
&lt;p&gt;As long as no special palette has been set, or after &lt;a href="qwidget.html#unsetPalette"&gt;unsetPalette&lt;/a&gt;()
has been called, this is either a special palette for the widget
class, the parent's palette or (if this widget is a top level
widget) the default application palette.
&lt;p&gt; Instead of defining an entirely new palette, you can also use the
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop"&gt;paletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;,
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop"&gt;paletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt; and
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop"&gt;paletteForegroundColor&lt;/a&gt;
convenience properties to change a widget's
background and foreground appearance only.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#ownPalette-prop"&gt;ownPalette&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#colorGroup-prop"&gt;colorGroup&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qapplication.html#palette"&gt;QApplication::palette&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPalette"&gt;setPalette&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#palette"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt;() and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#unsetPalette"&gt;unsetPalette&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the background color of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;The palette background color is usually set implicitly by
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setBackgroundMode"&gt;setBackgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;(), although it can also be set explicitly by
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;().  setPaletteBackgroundColor() is a
convenience function that creates and sets a modified &lt;a href="qpalette.html"&gt;QPalette&lt;/a&gt; with
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPalette"&gt;setPalette&lt;/a&gt;(). The palette is modified according to the widget's
background mode. For example, if the background mode is
PaletteButton the color used for the palette's QColorGroup::Button
color entry is set.
&lt;p&gt; If there is a background pixmap (set using
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;()), then the return value of this
function is indeterminate.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop"&gt;paletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop"&gt;paletteForegroundColor&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#colorGroup-prop"&gt;colorGroup&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor"&gt;paletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;() and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#unsetPalette"&gt;unsetPalette&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the background pixmap of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;The palette background pixmap is usually set implicitly by
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setBackgroundMode"&gt;setBackgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;(), although it can also be set explicitly by
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;().  setPaletteBackgroundPixmap() is a
convenience function that creates and sets a modified &lt;a href="qpalette.html"&gt;QPalette&lt;/a&gt; with
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPalette"&gt;setPalette&lt;/a&gt;(). The palette is modified according to the widget's
background mode. For example, if the background mode is
PaletteButton the pixmap used for the palette's QColorGroup::Button
color entry is set.
&lt;p&gt; If there is a plain background color (set using
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;()), then this function returns 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop"&gt;paletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop"&gt;paletteForegroundColor&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#colorGroup-prop"&gt;colorGroup&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap"&gt;paletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#unsetPalette"&gt;unsetPalette&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::paletteForegroundColor</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the foreground color of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;setPaletteForegroundColor() is a convenience function that creates and
sets a modified &lt;a href="qpalette.html"&gt;QPalette&lt;/a&gt; with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPalette"&gt;setPalette&lt;/a&gt;(). The palette is modified
according to the widget's &lt;em&gt;background mode&lt;/em&gt;. For example, if the
background mode is PaletteButton the palette entry
QColorGroup::ButtonText is set to color.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qapplication.html#setPalette"&gt;QApplication::setPalette&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop"&gt;backgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#foregroundColor"&gt;foregroundColor&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop"&gt;backgroundMode&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setEraseColor"&gt;setEraseColor&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setPaletteForegroundColor"&gt;setPaletteForegroundColor&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor"&gt;paletteForegroundColor&lt;/a&gt;() and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#unsetPalette"&gt;unsetPalette&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::pos</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#pos-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the position of the widget in its parent widget.
&lt;p&gt;If the widget is a top-level widget, the position is that of the
widget on the desktop, including the frame.
&lt;p&gt; When changing the position, the widget, if visible, receives a move
event (&lt;a href="qwidget.html#moveEvent"&gt;moveEvent&lt;/a&gt;()) immediately. If the widget is not currently
visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it is shown.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="qwidget.html#move"&gt;move&lt;/a&gt;() is virtual, and all other overloaded move() implementations
in Qt call it.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; If you call move() or &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setGeometry"&gt;setGeometry&lt;/a&gt;() from moveEvent(), you
may experience infinite recursion.
&lt;p&gt; See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop"&gt;frameGeometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#x-prop"&gt;x&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#y-prop"&gt;y&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#move"&gt;move&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#pos"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::rect</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#rect-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;The rect property equals &lt;a href="qrect.html"&gt;QRect&lt;/a&gt;(0, 0, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#width"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#height"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt;()).
&lt;p&gt; See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#rect"&gt;rect&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::size</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#size-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the size of the widget excluding any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;When resizing, the widget, if visible, receives a resize event
(&lt;a href="qwidget.html#resizeEvent"&gt;resizeEvent&lt;/a&gt;()) immediately. If the widget is not currently visible,
it is guaranteed to receive an event before it is shown.
&lt;p&gt; The size is adjusted if it lies outside the range defined by
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;(). Furthermore, the size is always at
least &lt;a href="qsize.html"&gt;QSize&lt;/a&gt;(1, 1).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="qwidget.html#resize"&gt;resize&lt;/a&gt;() is virtual, and all other overloaded resize()
implementations in Qt call it.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; If you call resize() or &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setGeometry"&gt;setGeometry&lt;/a&gt;() from resizeEvent(),
you may experience infinite recursion.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#pos-prop"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#resizeEvent"&gt;resizeEvent&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#resize"&gt;resize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#size"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::sizeHint</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#sizeHint-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the recommended size for the widget.
&lt;p&gt;If the value of this property is an invalid size, no size is
recommended.
&lt;p&gt; The default implementation of &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizeHint"&gt;sizeHint&lt;/a&gt;() returns an invalid size if
there is no layout for this widget, and returns the layout's
preferred size otherwise.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qsize.html#isValid"&gt;QSize::isValid&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop"&gt;minimumSizeHint&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop"&gt;sizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#updateGeometry"&gt;updateGeometry&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizeHint"&gt;sizeHint&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::sizeIncrement</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the size increment of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;When the user resizes the window, the size will move in steps of
&lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizeIncrement"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;().&lt;a href="qwidget.html#width"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt;() pixels horizontally and
sizeIncrement.&lt;a href="qwidget.html#height"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt;() pixels vertically, with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#baseSize"&gt;baseSize&lt;/a&gt;() as basis.
Preferred widget sizes are for nonnegative integers &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;
and &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt;:
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="qwidget.html#width-prop"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt; = &lt;a href="qwidget.html#baseSize"&gt;baseSize&lt;/a&gt;().width() + i * sizeIncrement().width();
    &lt;a href="qwidget.html#height-prop"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt; = &lt;a href="qwidget.html#baseSize"&gt;baseSize&lt;/a&gt;().height() + j * sizeIncrement().height();
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; Note that while you can set the size increment for all widgets, it
only effects top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; The size increment has no effect under Windows, and may be
disregarded by the window manager on X.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setSizeIncrement"&gt;setSizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizeIncrement"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::sizePolicy</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the default layout behavior of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;If there is a &lt;a href="qlayout.html"&gt;QLayout&lt;/a&gt; that manages this widget's children, the size
policy specified by that layout is used. If there is no such
QLayout, the result of this function is used.
&lt;p&gt; The default policy is Preferred/Preferred, which means that the
widget can be freely resized, but prefers to be the size &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizeHint"&gt;sizeHint&lt;/a&gt;()
returns. Button-like widgets set the size policy to specify that
they may stretch horizontally, but are fixed vertically. The same
applies to lineedit controls (such as &lt;a href="qlineedit.html"&gt;QLineEdit&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qspinbox.html"&gt;QSpinBox&lt;/a&gt; or an
editable &lt;a href="qcombobox.html"&gt;QComboBox&lt;/a&gt;) and other horizontally orientated widgets (such
as &lt;a href="qprogressbar.html"&gt;QProgressBar&lt;/a&gt;).  &lt;a href="qtoolbutton.html"&gt;QToolButton&lt;/a&gt;'s are normally square, so they allow
growth in both directions. Widgets that support different directions
(such as &lt;a href="qslider.html"&gt;QSlider&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qscrollbar.html"&gt;QScrollBar&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="qheader.html"&gt;QHeader&lt;/a&gt;) specify stretching in the
respective direction only. Widgets that can provide scrollbars
(usually subclasses of &lt;a href="qscrollview.html"&gt;QScrollView&lt;/a&gt;) tend to specify that they can
use additional space, and that they can survive on less than
sizeHint().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizeHint-prop"&gt;sizeHint&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qlayout.html"&gt;QLayout&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qsizepolicy.html"&gt;QSizePolicy&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#updateGeometry"&gt;updateGeometry&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setSizePolicy"&gt;setSizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#sizePolicy"&gt;sizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::underMouse</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#underMouse-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is under the mouse cursor.
&lt;p&gt;This value is not updated properly during drag'n'drop operations.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qevent.html#Type-enum"&gt;QEvent::Enter&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qevent.html#Type-enum"&gt;QEvent::Leave&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#hasMouse"&gt;hasMouse&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::updatesEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#updatesEnabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether updates are enabled.
&lt;p&gt;Calling &lt;a href="qwidget.html#update"&gt;update&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#repaint"&gt;repaint&lt;/a&gt;() has no effect if updates are disabled.
Paint events from the window system are processed normally even if
updates are disabled.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled"&gt;setUpdatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() is normally used to disable updates for a short
period of time, for instance to avoid screen flicker during large
changes.
&lt;p&gt; Example:
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled"&gt;setUpdatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;( FALSE );
    bigVisualChanges();
    &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled"&gt;setUpdatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;( TRUE );
    &lt;a href="qwidget.html#repaint"&gt;repaint&lt;/a&gt;();
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#update"&gt;update&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#repaint"&gt;repaint&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#paintEvent"&gt;paintEvent&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled"&gt;setUpdatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isUpdatesEnabled"&gt;isUpdatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::visible</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#visible-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is visible.
&lt;p&gt;Calling &lt;a href="qwidget.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;() sets the widget to visible status if all its parent
widgets up to the top-level widget are visible. If an ancestor is
not visible, the widget won't become visible until all its
ancestors are shown.
&lt;p&gt; Calling &lt;a href="qwidget.html#hide"&gt;hide&lt;/a&gt;() hides a widget explicitly. An explicitly hidden
widget will never become visible, even if all its ancestors become
visible, unless you show it.
&lt;p&gt; Iconified top-level widgets also have hidden status, as well as
having &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isMinimized"&gt;isMinimized&lt;/a&gt;() return TRUE. Windows that exist on another
virtual desktop (on platforms that support this concept) also have
hidden status.
&lt;p&gt; A widget that happens to be obscured by other windows on the screen
is considered to be visible.
&lt;p&gt; A widget receives show and hide events when its visibility status
changes. Between a hide and a show event, there is no need in
wasting any CPU on preparing or displaying information to the
user. A video application, for example, might simply stop generating
new frames.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#hide"&gt;hide&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#hidden-prop"&gt;hidden&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isVisibleTo"&gt;isVisibleTo&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qwidget.html#minimized-prop"&gt;minimized&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#showEvent"&gt;showEvent&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#hideEvent"&gt;hideEvent&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#isVisible"&gt;isVisible&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::visibleRect</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#visibleRect-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the currently visible rectangle of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;This property is useful to optimize immediate repainting of a
widget. Typical usage is:
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="qwidget.html#repaint"&gt;repaint&lt;/a&gt;( w-&amp;gt;visibleRect() );
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
or
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="qwidget.html#repaint"&gt;repaint&lt;/a&gt;( w-&amp;gt;visibleRect(), FALSE );
  &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; If nothing is visible, the rectangle returned is empty.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#visibleRect"&gt;visibleRect&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::width</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#width-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the widget excluding any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#height-prop"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#width"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::x</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#x-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop"&gt;frameGeometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#y-prop"&gt;y&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#pos-prop"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#x"&gt;x&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWidget::y</name>
    <doc href="qwidget.html#y-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and including any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop"&gt;frameGeometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qwidget.html#x-prop"&gt;x&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qwidget.html#pos-prop"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwidget.html#y"&gt;y&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWizard::titleFont</name>
    <doc href="qwizard.html#titleFont-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the font used for page titles.
&lt;p&gt;The default is &lt;a href="qapplication.html#font"&gt;QApplication::font&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qwizard.html#setTitleFont"&gt;setTitleFont&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qwizard.html#titleFont"&gt;titleFont&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWorkspace::scrollBarsEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qworkspace.html#scrollBarsEnabled-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the workspace provides scrollbars.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is set to TRUE, it is possible to resize child
windows over the right or the bottom edge out of the visible area
of the workspace. The workspace shows scrollbars to make it
possible for the user to access those windows. If this property is
set to FALSE (the default), resizing windows out of the visible
area of the workspace is not permitted.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qworkspace.html#setScrollBarsEnabled"&gt;setScrollBarsEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qworkspace.html#scrollBarsEnabled"&gt;scrollBarsEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::alignment</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#alignment-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the alignment.
&lt;p&gt;Possible values are &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignLeft&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;tt&gt;Align(H)Center&lt;/tt&gt; and &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignRight&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;Qt::AlignmentFlags&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setAlignment"&gt;setAlignment&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#alignment"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::atBeginning</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#atBeginning-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the cursor is at the beginning.
&lt;p&gt;atBeginning() returns TRUE if the cursor is placed at the
beginning of the text.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#atBeginning"&gt;atBeginning&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::atEnd</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#atEnd-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the cursor is at the end.
&lt;p&gt;atEnd() returns TRUE if the cursor is placed at the end of the text.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#atEnd"&gt;atEnd&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::autoUpdate</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#autoUpdate-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether auto update is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;autoUpdate() returns TRUE if the view updates itself automatically
whenever it is changed in some way.
&lt;p&gt; If &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#autoUpdate"&gt;autoUpdate&lt;/a&gt;() is TRUE (this is the default) then the editor updates
itself automatically whenever it has changed in some way (generally,
when text has been inserted or deleted).
&lt;p&gt; If autoUpdate() is FALSE, the view does NOT repaint itself, or update
its internal state variables itself when it is changed.  This can be
useful to avoid flicker during large changes, and is singularly
useless otherwise: Disable auto-update, do the changes, re-enable
auto-update, and call &lt;a href="qttableview.html#repaint"&gt;repaint&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; Do not leave the view in this state for a long time
(i.e. between events ). If, for example, the user interacts with the
view when auto-update is off, strange things can happen.
&lt;p&gt; Setting auto-update to TRUE does not repaint the view, you must call
repaint() to do this (preferable repaint(FALSE) to avoid flicker).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#autoUpdate-prop"&gt;autoUpdate&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qttableview.html#repaint"&gt;repaint&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setAutoUpdate"&gt;setAutoUpdate&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#autoUpdate"&gt;autoUpdate&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::echoMode</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#echoMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the echo mode.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setEchoMode"&gt;setEchoMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#echoMode"&gt;echoMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::edited</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#edited-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the text had been edited.
&lt;p&gt;edited() returns the edited flag of the line edit.  If this returns FALSE,
the contents has not been changed since the construction of the
QtMultiLineEdit (or the last call to &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setEdited"&gt;setEdited&lt;/a&gt;( FALSE ), if any).  If
it returns TRUE, the contents have been edited, or setEdited( TRUE )
has been called.
&lt;p&gt; setEdited() sets the edited flag of this line edit to &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;.  The
edited flag is never read by QtMultiLineEdit, but is changed to TRUE
whenever the user changes its contents.
&lt;p&gt; This is useful e.g. for things that need to provide a default value,
but cannot find the default at once.  Just open the widget without the
best default and when the default is known, check the &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#edited"&gt;edited&lt;/a&gt;() return
value and set the line edit's contents if the user has not started
editing the line edit.  Another example is to detect whether the
contents need saving.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setEdited"&gt;setEdited&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#edited"&gt;edited&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::hMargin</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#hMargin-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the horizontal margin The horizontal margin current set. The default is 3.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setHMargin"&gt;setHMargin&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#hMargin"&gt;hMargin&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::length</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#length-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the length of the text.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#length"&gt;length&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::maxLength</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#maxLength-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum length of the text.
&lt;p&gt;The currently set text length limit, or -1 if there is
no limit (this is the default).
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setMaxLength"&gt;setMaxLength&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#maxLength"&gt;maxLength&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::maxLineWidth</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#maxLineWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum line width in pixels Returns the width in pixels of the longest text line in this editor.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#maxLineWidth"&gt;maxLineWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::maxLines</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#maxLines-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum number of lines The currently set line limit, or -1 if there is no limit (the default).
&lt;p&gt;Note that excess lines are deleted from the &lt;em&gt;bottom&lt;/em&gt; of the
lines. If you want teletype behaviour with lines disappearing
from the &lt;em&gt;top&lt;/em&gt; as the limit is exceed, you probably just want
to use &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#removeLine"&gt;removeLine&lt;/a&gt;(0) prior to adding an excess line.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setMaxLines"&gt;setMaxLines&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#maxLines"&gt;maxLines&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::numLines</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#numLines-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of lines in the multi-line edit.
&lt;p&gt;numLines() returns the number of lines in the editor. The count
includes any empty lines at top and bottom, so for an empty editor
this method will return 1.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#numLines"&gt;numLines&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::overWriteMode</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#overWriteMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the overwrite mode.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setOverwriteMode"&gt;setOverwriteMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#isOverwriteMode"&gt;isOverwriteMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::readOnly</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#readOnly-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the multi-line edit is read-only.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setReadOnly"&gt;setReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#isReadOnly"&gt;isReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::text</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the multi-line edit's text.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::undoDepth</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#undoDepth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the undo depth.
&lt;p&gt;The maximum number of operations that can be stored on the undo stack.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#undoDepth-prop"&gt;undoDepth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setUndoDepth"&gt;setUndoDepth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#undoDepth"&gt;undoDepth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::undoEnabled</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#undoEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether undo is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setUndoEnabled"&gt;setUndoEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#isUndoEnabled"&gt;isUndoEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::wordWrap</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#wordWrap-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the word wrap mode.
&lt;p&gt;By default, wrapping keeps words intact. To allow breaking within
words, set the wrap policy to &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#WrapPolicy-enum"&gt;Anywhere&lt;/a&gt; (see &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setWrapPolicy"&gt;setWrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;() ).
&lt;p&gt; The default wrap mode is &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;NoWrap&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#wordWrap-prop"&gt;wordWrap&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth-prop"&gt;wrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#wrapPolicy-prop"&gt;wrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setWordWrap"&gt;setWordWrap&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#wordWrap"&gt;wordWrap&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the wrap width in columns or pixels The wrap column or wrap width, depending on the word wrap mode.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setWrapColumnOrWidth"&gt;setWrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth"&gt;wrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#wordWrap-prop"&gt;wordWrap&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth-prop"&gt;wrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QtMultiLineEdit::wrapPolicy</name>
    <doc href="qtmultilineedit.html#wrapPolicy-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the wrap policy mode The default is &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#WrapPolicy-enum"&gt;AtWhiteSpace&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#setWrapPolicy"&gt;setWrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtmultilineedit.html#wrapPolicy"&gt;wrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
</PROP>